Documentos de Académico
Documentos de Profesional
Documentos de Cultura
c
u ue
d
g
o
r
o
P tal
ca
A uminium.
Product catalogue.
W I N D O W H A R D WA R E
D O O R H A R D WA R E B E S C H L G E
S L I D I N G D O O R H A R D WA R E
V E N T I L AT I O N T E C H N O LO G Y
B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y
Intended use
TITAN
Function
Application diagrams show the maximum sash dimensions at a specific element weight for which a piece of hardware may be
used. Application diagrams focus exclusively on the property of durability and may also provide information on the loadbearing capacity of the hardware when subjected to an additional load according to EN 14608 (Figure A.1).
Basic principles
Application diagrams are produced on the basis of the ift guideline "Preparation of application diagrams for turn and tilt-turn
hardware". The guideline provides more information on using application diagrams and can be downloaded at
www.anwendungsdiagramme.de.
GG
FB
FFB
FFH
FFH BS
FH
FH AB
FH BS
PG
QB/H
Icons
Tilt-turn window element
Page 2/11
03.2014
H58.AWD_BG_EN
Intended use
TITAN
The application ranges for the hardware are derived from the size specifications in the assembly instructions/component
catalogue and from those in the relevant application diagram. If the values differ, the data in the assembly instructions
always applies, with the data in the component catalogue providing an alternative.
If a combination of components with different load-bearing capacities is being used, the application diagram for the
component with the lowest load-bearing capacity is always the one that applies.
Guidelines/notes on the product and on liability (VHBH directive as well as the other applicable documents listed here in directive can be downloaded at www.beschlagindustrie.de/ggsb/richtlinien.asp).
Specifications from the profile manufacturers/system owners (e.g. for window systems with frames made of timber, PVC, light
metal or combinations of materials) or DIN 68121 "Timber profiles for windows and French windows" with particular
regard to potential restrictions for the sash dimensions and sash weight.
Guidelines and, where applicable, application diagrams in the product documentation supplied by the relevant glass or infill
panel manufacturer.
In accordance with the application diagrams, the hardware is to be used exclusively for window elements which are installed
vertically in walls in permanent structures, unless otherwise indicated.
The application diagrams apply exclusively to hardware used in window elements which open inwards, unless otherwise
indicated.
In accordance with the relevant application diagrams, the hardware is to be used exclusively for window elements in which
the reduction in glass size (CG) is greater than or equal to the specified value, and the profile weight (PG) is less than or
equal to the specified value.
If the application range approved in the application diagrams is exceeded, there is a risk of damage to persons or property.
If the application ranges are exceeded, our liability ceases to the extent permissible under law.
Reduction in glass size
The reduction in glass size (CG) is to be determined for each material (timber, PVC, light metal or combinations of materials) as
shown in the following drawings.
PVC
Timber
Aluminium
Profile weight
The profile weight is the specific weight per running metre of the sash profile (complete sash profile including all reinforcements,
glazing beads, etc.).
H58.AWD_BG_EN
03.2014
Page 3/11
TITAN
Intended use
Valid for all application diagrams
Element weight
When calculating application diagrams, various values are taken into account for the specific element weight (GG) and
illustrated in graphs in the application diagram.
The specific element weight (GG) covers all filling materials (which are suitable for window construction) glazing with all kinds
of structural parts as well as infill panels made of different materials and material combinations.
Determining the element weight
For glazing, the specific element weight (GG) for a glass mass of 2.5 kg/m2 mm, for example, is calculated as follows:
GG 2.5 kg/m2 mm x total glass thickness
Example
Glazing made of 2 glass panes, each with a thickness of 4 mm, total glass thickness = 8 mm
GG 2.5 kg/m2 mm x 8 mm
GG 20 kg/m2
Additional examples of specific element weights for different glass thicknesses are shown in the following table.
Mass of glass per mm glass thickness [kg/m2 mm] Glass thickness Element weight (GG) [kg/m2]
Page 4/11
03.2014
2,5
2,5
2,5
20
2,5
12
30
2,5
16
40
2,5
20
50
2,5
24
60
2,5
28
70
H58.AWD_BG_EN
APPLICATION DIAGRAMS
Intended use.
W I N D O W H A R D WA R E
D O O R H A R D WA R E
S L I D I N G D O O R H A R D WA R E
V E N T I L AT I O N T E C H N O LO G Y
B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y
W I N D O W H A R D WA R E
Intended use
TITAN
The reduction in glass size (CG) for the window element is greater than or equal to the value specified in the application
diagram.
The profile weight (PG) of the window element is less than or equal to the value specified in the application diagram.
The bases of testing and calculation specified in the application diagram relate to the application of the hardware.
The additional load taken into account in the application diagram relates to the application of the hardware.
The window manufacturer has provided evidence that the load-bearing components have been fixed in accordance with
TBDK using the values specified in the application diagram.
Determining the valid application range for a specific element weight
The permissible application range for use of the hardware is highlighted in grey in the application diagrams. However, the entire
grey area is not valid; in each case, it is only the part to the left of the curve for the relevant element weight (GG) which applies.
Note: This example, and all subsequent examples, use the reference values FFH and FFB. All descriptions and results for each
of the examples also apply correspondingly for the reference values FH and FB.
Example 1
The permissible FFH and FFB are to be determined from
the accompanying application diagram for window
elements with the specific element weight GG = 30
kg/m2. To do this, we must consider the graph for this
element weight.
20
30
50
40
70
60
GG [kg/m2]
3000
2500
The area to the right of the curve (shaded here for the
purposes of clarification) shows the impermissible range for a specific element weight of GG = 30 kg/m2.
FFH / FH [mm]
2000
1500
1000
500
500
1000
1500
2000
FFB / FB [mm]
H58.AWD_BG_EN
03.2014
Page 5/11
TITAN
Intended use
Valid for all application diagrams
Determining the valid application range for the maximum specific element weight
The hardware may only be used in sashes which use glazing or infill panels whose specific element weight is less than or equal
to the maximum specific element weight shown in the relevant application diagram.
Example 2
In the following example, 70 kg/m2 is specified as the
maximum specific element weight. Element weights
over 70 kg/m2 are, therefore, generally not permitted
in this example.
The permissible FFH and FFB are to be determined from
the accompanying application diagram for window
elements with the specific element weight GG = 70
kg/m2. To do this, we must consider the graph for this
element weight.
20
30
50
2500
2000
FFH / FH [mm]
The area to the left of the curve (shaded here for the
purposes of clarification) shows the permissible range
for the maximum specific element weight of GG = 70
kg/m2.
.
40
70
60
GG [kg/m2]
3000
1500
1000
500
500
1000
1500
2000
FFB / FB [mm]
Page 6/11
03.2014
H58.AWD_BG_EN
Intended use
TITAN
20
30
50
40
70
60
GG [kg/m2]
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
500
1000
1500
2000
FFB / FB [mm]
H58.AWD_BG_EN
03.2014
Page 7/11
TITAN
Intended use
Valid for all application diagrams
Example 4
The following sash is to be fitted with hardware according to the associated application diagram:
Intended sash rebate width (FFB) = 1.400 mm
Intended sash rebate height (FFH) = 1.900 mm
Intended glazing 3 x 4 mm float glass GG = 30 kg/m2
Basis of testing and calculation:
20
30
50
40
70
60
GG [kg/m2]
3000
2500
S
FFH / FH [mm]
2000
1500
1000
500
500
1000
1500
2000
FFB / FB [mm]
Page 8/11
03.2014
H58.AWD_BG_EN
Intended use
TITAN
20
30
50
40
70
60
GG [kg/m2]
3000
2500
FFH / FH [mm]
2000
1500
1000
500
1000
1500
2000
FFB / FB [mm]
H58.AWD_BG_EN
03.2014
Page 9/11
TITAN
Intended use
Valid for all application diagrams
20
30
50
40
70
60
GG [kg/m2]
3000
2500
FFH / FH [mm]
S
2000
1500
1000
500
1000
1500
2000
FFB / FB [mm]
Page 10/11
03.2014
H58.AWD_BG_EN
Intended use
TITAN
The procedure shown in example 6 (diagram) for specific element weights between the curves only applies if two curves are
displayed in the diagram, between which linear interpolation is possible.
Example A
In the area to the right next to the curve for the specific element weight GG = 30 kg/m (also cross-hatched here for
illustration purposes), no additional curve is displayed here
for linear interpolation and only elements with a specific
weight of GG = 20 kg/m maximum may be used in
this area (the next lowest level of specific element weight).
Example B
In the area to the right next to the curve for the specific element weight GG = 40 kg/m (also cross-hatched here for
illustration purposes), no additional curve is displayed here
for linear interpolation and only elements with a specific
weight of GG = 30 kg/m maximum may be used in
this area (the next lowest level of specific element weight).
B
H58.AWD_BG_EN
03.2014
Page 11/11
Head Office:
Industriestrae 13
57234 Wilnsdorf
GERMANY
SIEGENIA worldwide:
Overview
ALU
TBDK Attachment of supporting fitting components for turn-only and tilt&turn fittings
with definitions for turn-only and tilt&turn fittings and their possible installation positions
VHBH Hardware for windows and balcony doors
Casement stoppers that are controlled via the central locking system - definitions and tests
Feedback on documentation
We welcome your comments and suggestions on how to improve our documentation. Please e-mail
your comments to:
dokumentation@siegenia.com.
H45.4200LS001EN-00
07.2014
Overview
ALU
Overloading
Bearing components can break as a result of overloading. This can lead to the window sash falling out and causing serious
injuries. If overloading of the bearing components is anticipated due to particular circumstances
(ie: use in schools, nurseries etc), this should be prevented by taking appropriate measures, eg: by using turning locks,
or by opting for the Tilt before Turn (TBT) opening type.
In case of doubt, always contact your nearest SIEGENIA Sales Consultant.
Exclusion of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the fittings (as well as the windows and French windows that are
equipped with them) resulting from inadequate tendering, failure to follow these installation instructions or from force being
applied to the fittings (e.g. through improper use).
H45.5200LS001EN-00
07.2014
Application diagram
H58.AWDLS003DE
Restrictions on sash formats for tilt and turn/turn elements
Proof that the load-bearing components have been attached to the window
system by the window manufacturer in accordance with TBDK using the
following forces:
To the top hinge with 2,710 N
To the bottom hinge with 2,890 N
Observe the notes on proper use - basics and use of the application diagrams (see document H58.AWD_BG_EN)!
17.04.2014
Application diagram
H58.AWDLS004EN
Restrictions on sash formats for tilt and turn/turn elements
Proof that the load-bearing components have been attached to the window
system by the window manufacturer in accordance with TBDK using the
following forces:
To the top hinge with 3,525 N
To the bottom hinge with 3,760 N
Observe the notes on proper use - basics and use of the application diagrams (see document H58.AWD_BG_EN)!
17.04.2014
Application diagram
H58.AWDLS005EN
150
2.000
1.000
600
1.000
1.300
1.500
Proof that the load-bearing components have been attached to the window
system by the window manufacturer in accordance with TBDK using the
following forces:
To the top hinge with 4,200 N
To the bottom hinge with 4,340 N
Comply with the following values for all window systems:
- Max. width-to-height ratio QW/H 1.5
- Reduction in glass size CG 40 mm
- Profile weight PW 3.6 kg/m
Observe the notes on proper use - basics and use of the application diagrams (see document H58.AWD_BG_EN)!
30.04.2014
ALU
Dreh-Fensterelement, 2-flgelig
Dreh-Fensterelement
Dreh-/Dreh-Kipp-Fensterelement, 2-flgelig
Kipp-Fensterelement
Stulp-Fensterelement
Rundbogen-Fensterelement
Rundbogen-Fensterelement, 2-flgelig
Stichbogen-Fensterelement
Stichbogen-Fensterelement, 2-flgelig
Schrg-Fensterelement
Schrg-Fensterelement, 2-flgelig
Klapp-Fensterelement
H45.5200LK002de/en/0
Dreh-Kipp-Fensterelement/Kipp-Dreh-Fensterelement
10.2014
H45.5200LS002de/en
Seite/Page 1
ALU
Deutsch
EN
English
Krzel
Beschreibung
Abbrev.
Description
ALU
Aluminium
ALU
Aluminum
AV
Andruckeinstellung
AV
Pressure setting
AWD
Anwendungsdiagramm
AWD
Application diagram
BF
Ausfhrung Barrierefrei
BF
Version barrier-free
BD
Banddurchgang
BD
Hinge clearance
BS
Bandseite
BS
Hinge side
BSO
Bandseite oben
BSO
BSU
Bandseite unten
BSU
CG
Glas-Abzugsma
CG
Ausfhrung Dreh
DG
Dreh - gegenlufig
DG
Turn - counter-rotating
DK
Ausfhrung Dreh-Kipp
DK
Version turn-tilt
DF
Drehflgel
DF
DS
Ausfhrung Dreh-Stulp
DS
DS/A
DS/A
DS/K
Dreh-Stulp Kantenriegelschieber
DS/K
Einbruchhemmung
Burglar resistance
ESG
Einsteckgetriebe
ESG
EUL
Eckumlenkung
EUL
Corner drive
FB (a)
Flgelbreite
FB (a)
Sash width
FB1
Flgelbreite Erstflgel
FB1
FB2
Flgelbreite Zweitflgel
FB2
FBS
Fehlbedienungssperre
FBS
Mishandling device
FBS-EUL
FBS-EUL
FBS-G
Fehlbedienungssperre am Griff
FBS-G
FH BS
Flgelhhe Bandseite
FH BS
FH (b)
Flgelhhe
FH (b)
Sash height
FH VS
Flgelhhe Verschlussseite
FH VS
FP
Fang-Putz-Schere
FP
GG
Glasgewicht
GG
Glass weight
G1...2
Griffsitz 1 - 2
G1...2
Handle position 1 - 2
Gr.
Gre
Gr.
Size
H1...H4
Hebel Ausfhrung 1 - 4
H1...H4
Handle version 1- 4
H45.5200LS002de/en
Seite/Page 2
ALU
Deutsch
EN
English
Krzel
Beschreibung
Abbrev.
Description
iP
Industrieverpackung
iP
Industrial packaging
Ausfhrung Kipp
Version tilt
KM
Kammerma
KM
Chamber dimension
KPS
Kipp-Punkt Senkrecht
KPS
KPW
Kipp-Punkt Waagerecht
KPW
LM
Leichtmetall
LM
Aluminum
LS
LS
Length of incline
MV
Mittelverschluss
MV
Center lock
Nm
Newton-Meter (Drehmoment)
Nm
Newton-meter (Torque)
PG
Profilgewicht
PG
Profile weight
RC1...3
Wiederstandsklasse
RC1...3
Resistance class
RR
Rundrosette
RR
Round rose
RB
Rundbogen
RB
Round arch
Scherenposition
Stay position
S1...9
Schubstangen 1 - 9
S1...9
Operating rods 1 - 9
SDF
Schere Drehflgel
SDF
SF
Schrgfenster
SF
Pitched window
SV
Seiteneinstellung
SV
Side adjustment
SW
Schlsselweite
SW
Wrench size
TBT
Ausfhrung Kipp-Vor-Dreh
TBT
Version tilt-before-turn
USH
berschlaghhe
USH
Rebate height
VE
Verpackungseinheit
VE
Packaging unit
VS
Verschlussseite
VS
Locking side
VS/A
VS/A
VS/K
Verschlussseite Kantenriegel
VS/K
VSO
Verschlussseite oben
VSO
VSU
Verschlussseite unten
VSU
WK1...3
WK1...3
WRB
Winkelband Rundbogen
WRB
Anfang Rundbogen
Begin of arch
ZS
Position Zusatzschere
ZS
ZV
Zentralverschluss
ZV
H45.5200LS002de/en
Seite/Page 3
LM
LM
LM
LM
+1
ALU
H48.ZUBHLS008en/1
LM 4200/ALU 5200
2014-07
H48.ZUBHLS008en
Page 1
Necessary space required for slave sash gear and shoot bolt
18
min. 23
14
3,5
21
min. 32 - max. 37
+0,15
-0,1
15
0,1
4,3
1,8
4,5
21
10
-0,2
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.ZUBHLS008en
Page 2
Maintenance Instructions
LM 4200
Druckstand: 0412/SF/0,5
= lubricate here
= adjustable
eccentric locking cams
19748_3_12.04/1
GB
= lubricate here
= adjustable
eccentric locking cams
= important areas for safety
= lubricate here
= adjustable
eccentric locking cams
= important areas for safety
Special Notes:
Your windows are fitted with high quality components from SIEGENIAAUBI. To ensure their smooth and trouble free operation you must carry
out the following maintenance on them at least once a year:
1. Lubricate or oil all moving parts and locking points (
).
Adjustments
The following adjustments should only be performed by
an experienced window tradesman:
Stay
Eccentric
locking cams
Eccentric
locking cams
Top hinge
Top hinge
Corner hinge and
bottom hinge
Run-up
and tilt striker
Run-up
and tilt striker
Adjustable Parts
Stay
Side to side adjustment
2 mm
SW 2,5
Stay
Closing pressure
adjustment
1 mm
SW 4
Top hinge
Fixation
SW 2,5
Fixation
2 mm
Adjustable Parts
Eccentric locking cams
Sash closing
pressure
adjustment
1 mm adjustment
SW 4
Run-up
Height adjustment
+ 1,5 mm
1,0 mm
Screwdriver
max. 4 mm
width
Tilt striker
Srewdriver
max. 4 mm
width
+ 1,5 mm
1,0 mm
Height adjustment
Adjustable Parts
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge
Height adjustment
Closing pressure
and side to side
adjustment
+ 1,5 mm
1,0 mm
SW 4
Remove the
standard
pressure
piece!
Bottom hinge
Closing pressure adjustment:
use pressure piece AV
+ 0,5 mm
0,5 mm
+ 0,8 mm
0,8 mm
Wartungsanleitung axxent
H49.WA-15750DE/2006-08/1
= sicherheitsrelevanter Bereich
DE
Seite 1
Seite 2
Seite 3
Einstellmglichkeiten
Folgende Einstellungen drfen nur durch einen Fenster-Fachbetrieb
vorgenommen werden:
Schere
axxent
Exzenterschliezapfen
Schlieteil AV
Ecklager
axxent
Seite 4
Einstellbare Beschlagteile
Fhrungsteil Schere axxent li.
Seiteneinstellung
- 3 mm
+ 2 mm
SW 4
SW 4
+ 2 mm
- 3 mm
Schlieteil AV
Andruckeinstellung
1 mm
SW 2,5
PH 2
1mm
Exzenterschliezapfen
Flgelandruckeinstellung
SW 4
1 mm Einstellmglichkeit
Seite 5
Einstellbare Beschlagteile
Flgelband axxent re.
Hhen- und Seiteneinstellung
+2 mm
SW 4
0 mm
SW 4
+2 mm
+2 mm
SW 4
0 mm
SW 4
+2 mm
Seite 6
ALU 5200-DK
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/130
French doors
max.
1300
2400
max. 100/130
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Table of Contents
Size ranges ............................................. 1
Hardware overview................................2
Hardware list........................................... 3
Assembly and design variants ............... 4
Sash dimensions...................................... 5
Frame dimensions ...................................6
H48.5200LS001en
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS001en/0
H48.5200LS001en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-DK BD 3.5 (FBS-EUL) Hardware overview
14
33
15
13
16
21
17
20
22
23
12
Nm ( 0.25)
Items
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
29
2.5
16
11
18, 30, 32
2.7
PZ2
1g, 1h
2.5
PH2
33
H1
36
28
10
H2
36
28
1a
29
19
18
35
1c
29
1b
1d
(33)
H3
31
34
H4
31
1e
33
1g
30
30
32
32
1h
1f
24
25
35
26
27
34
8
38
3/
37
2
33
H48.5200LS001en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
H4
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
1h
Quantity
According to FB/kg
According
to kg
According to
FB/FH
Accessories
VE
Handle TITAN
Handle LM round rose
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
13
0...1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
Stay LM
Additional stay LM
14
Additional stay
15
Striker
16
Locking cam
17
Eccentric rivet
0...1
18
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
19
Support bracket
Locking side LM DK
(with FBS on corner drive) KPS
20
Locking bolt DK
21
22
23
Striker EUL
24
25
Striker E cam 10
26
27
1
1
Run-up block
Tilt locking part
0...1
Coupling set LM
(without FBS on gear)
28
29
30
M6 coupling screw
31
M6 ESG
32
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
0...2
0...1
H3
H4
VE
Handle LM Si-line
H1
H2
Description
MV LM-DK/TBT
Silver
MMBS0220-525010
MMBS0220-525020
10
MMBS0220-504010
MMBS0220-504020
10
MMBS0220-523010
MMBS0220-523020
10
EV1
MMBS0220-524010
MMBS0220-524020
10
MMBS0220-500120
884805
273 098
20
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
247037
20
MMVS0310-100010
MMVS0310-100030
20
MMKL0060-100010
MMKL0060-100030
20
MMGI0090-100010
MMGI0090-100030
20
857045
246979
20
(see table
on page 4)
200
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
Mill finish
Size
FB (mm)
Weight
20
365 to 600
< 100 kg
35
601 to 1600
At and above FB 1251 with stay size 35<100 kg
At and above FB 1020 with stay size 35>100 kg to
130 kg
33
Striker
34
Slider
35
36
0...1
Handle support LM
37
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
38
0...1
Sash lift LM
H48.5200LS001en
Page 3
USH
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
2.
FH
4.
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0020-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
-
FB
1.
Sequence of installation in sash
- without centre lock (3. - 4.)
- with centre lock (1. - 2. - 3. - 4.)
Items 16 + 17
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS001en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
ALU 5200-DK BD 3.5 (FBS-EUL)
Sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 20
=
FB - 338
Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 664
(> 100 kg FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
min. 3.5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 3.5 mm.
H48.5200LS001en
Page 5
min. 18
(Overall frame clearance dimension)
H48.5200LS001en
Page 6
ALU 5200-DK
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/130
French doors
max.
1300
2400
max. 100/130
H48.5200LS002en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS002en/0
H48.5200LS002en
Page 1
15
13
16
21
17
20
22
23
34
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
29
2.5
16
18, 31, 33
2.7
PZ2
1g, 1h
2.5
PH2
30
28
12
Nm ( 0.25)
H1
1a
29
19
18
36
10
H2
30
28
11
1c
29
1b
1d
(34)
H3
32
35
H4
32
1e
34
1g
31
31
33
33
1h
1f
24
25
4
5
36
26
27
35
8
38
3/
37
2
34
H48.5200LS002en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
H4
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
1h
Quantity
According to FB/kg
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8,5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7,5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
0...1
14
Additional stay
15
Striker
16
Locking cam
17
Eccentric rivet
0...1
18
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
19
Support bracket
20
Locking bolt DK
21
22
23
Striker
24
25
Striker E cam 10
26
27
1
1
Run-up block
Tilt locking part
Coupling set LM
(with FBS on gear)
28
29
30
Mishandling device
0...1
31
M6 coupling screw
32
M6 ESG FBS
33
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
MV LM-DK/TBT
MMBS0220-525020
10
MMBS0220-504010
MMBS0220-504020
10
MMBS0220-523010
MMBS0220-523020
10
EV1
MMBS0220-524010
MMBS0220-524020
10
MMBS0220-500120
884805
273 098
20
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
247037
20
MMVS0250-100010
MMVS0250-100030
20
MMKL0030-100010
MMKL0030-100030
20
MMKL0010-100010
MMKL0010-100030
20
MMKL0040-100010
MMKL0040-100030
20
MMGI0080-100010
MMGI0080-100030
20
857045
246979
20
Mill finish
(9 mm)
Coupling bracket
(USH 12 mm)
0...2
Silver
Size
FB (mm)
Weight
20
365 to 600
< 100 kg
35
601 to 1600
At and above FB 1251 with stay size 35<100 kg
At and above FB 1020 with stay size 35>100 kg to
130 kg
Additional stay LM
H1
H2
According to
FB/FH
Handle TITAN
(10 mm)
Accessories
VE
0...1
H3
H4
VE
Handle LM Si-line
Dependent
on kg
Description
34
Striker
35
Slider
36
37
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
38
0...1
Sash lift LM
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
H48.5200LS002en
Page 3
ALU 5200-DK BD 3.5 (FBS-G) Assembly and design variants for coupling set
Design variants for coupling set (items 28-30)
(H1/H2)
USH
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
8.5 mm
7.5 mm
7 mm
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100030
FH
4.
FB
Z
1.
Sequence of installation in sash
- without centre lock (3. - 4.)
- with centre lock (1. - 2. - 3. - 4.)
7 - 10
12
Items 16 + 17
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS002en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
ALU 5200-DK BD 3.5 (FBS-G) Sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 20
=
FB - 338
Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 664
(> 100 kg FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
min. 3.5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 3.5 mm.
H48.5200LS002en
Page 5
Frame dimensions
Handle height G1 + 76
(MV from FH > 1251)
min. 18
(Overall frame clearance dimension)
H48.5200LS002en
Page 6
ALU 5200-TBT
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/130
French doors
max.
1300
2400
max. 100/130
H48.5200LS003en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS003en/0
H48.5200LS003en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-TBT BD 3.5 (FBS-EUL)
14
18
Hardware overview
36
15
13
16
22
17
21
23
Items
24
12
Nm ( 0.25)
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
19, 32
16
2.5
19, 33, 35
2.7
PZ2
1d
2.5
PH2
36
H1
39
31
1a
32
39
31
11
20
19
38
10
H2
9
1b
32
(36)
H3
34
1c
37
H4
34
1d
33
36
33
35
35
25
26
4
5
27
38
6
29
28
30
37
41
3/
40
2
36
H48.5200LS003en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
H4
Item
Quantity
1a
1b
1c
Hardware list
Description
Handle LM Si-line lockable/TBT
Handle LM Globe lockable/TBT
VE
Silver
MMBS0220-525010
MMBS0220-525020
10
MMBS0220-504010
MMBS0220-504020
10
MMBS0220-523010
MMBS0220-523020
10
EV1
MMBS0220-524010
MMBS0220-524020
10
MMBS0220-500120
884805
273 098
20
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
MXSK0010-100010
MXSK0010-100030
20
247037
20
MMVS0320-100010
MMVS0320-100030
20
MMKL0060-100010
MMKL0060-100030
20
MMGI0090-100010
MMGI0090-100030
20
857045
246979
20
(see table
on page 4)
200
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
According to FB/kg
According
to kg
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
0...1
Additional stay
15
Striker plate
16
Locking cam
17
18
Eccentric rivet
0...1
Stay striker MV
0...1
19
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
20
Support bracket
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
28
Spring
29
30
1
1
Run-up block
Run-up block TBT
According to
FB/FH
Accessories
Coupling set LM
(without FBS on gear)
31
Coupling bracket
32
0...1
H3
H4
Additional stay LM
14
0...1
Gear set LM
(without FBS on gear)
33
M6 coupling screw
34
M6 ESG
35
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
0...2
Mill finish
H1
H2
1d
VE
MV LM-DK/TBT
Size
FB (mm)
20
365 to 600
35
601 to 1600
From FB 1251 with stay size 35
From FB 1020 with stay size 35
Weight
< 100 kg
< 100 kg
> 100 kg to 130 kg
Grey
Black
36
Striker
37
Slider
38
39
0...1
Handle support LM
40
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
41
0...1
Sash lift LM
H48.5200LS003en
Page 3
USH
X
< 7 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
2.
FH
4.
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0020-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
-
1,5
1.
Sequence of installation in sash
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
FB
Items 16 + 17
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS003en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
ALU 5200-TBT BD 3.5 (FBS-EUL)
Sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 20
=
FB - 338
Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 917
(> 100 kg / FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
min. 3.5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 3.5 mm.
H48.5200LS003en
Page 5
Frame dimensions
min. 18
(Overall frame clearance dimension)
H48.5200LS003en
Page 6
ALU 5200-TBT
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Window
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/130
French windows
max.
1300
2400
max. 100/130
H48.5200LS004en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS004en/0
H48.5200LS004en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200 TBT BD 3.5 (FBS-G) Hardware overview
14
18
36
15
13
16
22
17
21
23
24
Items
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
19, 31
2.5
16
36
30
12
Nm (0.25)
19, 33, 35
2.7
PZ2
1d
2.5
PH2
32
H1
31
1a
31
32
30
11
20
19
38
10
H2
1b
(36)
H3
34
H4
34
1c
37
1d
36
33
33
35
35
25
24
4
5
26
38
6
28
27
29
37
40
3/
39
2
36
H48.5200LS004en
Page 2
1a
1b
1c
H4
1d
Description
Handle LM Si-line lockable/TBT
Hardware list
VE
dependent on FB/kg
dependent on kg
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamp E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
0...1
Silver
MMBS0220-525010
MMBS0220-525020
10
MMBS0220-504010
MMBS0220-504020
10
MMBS0220-523010
MMBS0220-523020
10
EV1
MMBS0220-524010
MMBS0220-524020
10
MMBS0220-500120
884805
273 098
20
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
MXSK0010-100010
MXSK0010-100030
20
247037
20
MMVS0270-100010
MMVS0270-100030
20
MMKL0030-100010
MMKL0030-100030
20
MMKL0010-100010
MMKL0010-100030
14
Additional stay
15
Striker plate
16
Locking cam
17
18
Eccentric rivet
0...1
Stay striker MV
0...1
19
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
20
Mounting bracket
21
22
23
24
25
26
1
1
1
2
1
1
27
Spring
28
29
1
1
Run-up block
TBT run-up block
0...1
H1
H2
20
MMKL0040-100010
MMKL0040-100030
20
H3
H4
MMGI0080-100010
MMGI0080-100030
20
857045
246979
20
Size
FB (mm)
20
365 to 600
35
601 to 1600
From FB 1251 with stay size 35
From FB 1020 with stay size 35
Additional stay LM
weight
< 100 kg
< 100 kg
> 100 kg to 130 kg
Grey
Black
Coupling set
(with FBS on gear)
(USH 12 mm)
30
Coupling bracket
31
32
Mishandling device
0...1
33
M6 coupling screw
34
M6 ESG FBS
35
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
0...2
FB > 1251)
(9 mm)
(10 mm)
MVLM-DK/TBT
Mill finish
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
VE
36
Locking part
37
Slider
38
39
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
40
0...1
Sash lift LM
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
H48.5200LS004en
Page 3
USH
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
8.5 mm
7.5 mm
7 mm
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100030
FH
4.
FB
1.
Sequence of installation in sash
- without centre lock (3. - 4.)
- with centre lock (1. - 2. - 3. - 4.)
Items 16 + 17
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS004en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
ALU 5200-TBT BD 3.5 (FBS-G)
(Additional stay)
sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 20
=
FB - 338
Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 917
(> 100 kg FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
min. 3.5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 3.5 mm.
H48.5200LS004en
Page 5
Frame dimensions
min. 18
(overall frame clearance dimension)
H48.5200LS004en
Page 6
ALU 5200-D
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/130
French doors
max.
1300
2400
max. 100/130
H48.5200LS005en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS005en/0
H48.5200LS005en
Page 1
28
11
32
17
15
12
29
16
Nm (0.25)
Items
17
16
(27)
14
13
H1
33
20
1a
21
2, 5, 10, 11, 12
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
21, 34
2.5
13, 22, 24
2.7
PZ2
1g, 1h
2.5
PH2
H2
33
20
10
1c
21
1b
1d
27
H3
23
H4
23
1e
1g
22
25
26
22
24
24
1h
1f
17
4
5
30
16
34
18
17
31
19
36
34
3/35
2
32
H48.5200LS005en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
H4
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
1h
Quantity
According
to kg
H1
H2
According
to FH
According to
FB
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0...1
Silver
MMBS0220-525010
MMBS0220-525020
10
MMBS0220-504010
MMBS0220-504020
10
MMBS0220-523010
MMBS0220-523020
10
EV1
MMBS0220-524010
MMBS0220-524020
10
Mill finish
MMBS0220-500120
247037
20
MMVS0280-100010
MMVS0280-100030
20
MMKL0060-100010
MMKL0060-100030
20
MMGI0090-100010
MMGI0090-100030
20
857052
246986
20
MMMV0040-100010
MMMV0040-100030
20
(see table
on page 4)
200
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece S
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
Accessories set LM for 130 kg
13
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
14
Support bracket
15
Stay LM-D
16
Striker
17
Slider
18
Run-up block
19
0...1
Coupling set LM
(without FBS on gear)
20
Coupling bracket
21
22
M6 coupling screw
23
M6 ESG
24
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
0...1
Handle TITAN
Handle LM round rose
MV LM-D (VS/BS)
25
Striker MV
26
Locking bolt
27
Striker
0...1
Accessories
VE
0...1
H3
H4
VE
Handle LM Si-line
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Description
MV LM-D (VSU/VSO)
28
29
30
Locking bolt
31
32
Striker
33
0...1
Handle support LM
34
0...1
Stop
35
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
36
0...1
Sash lift LM
820544
222805
10
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
H48.5200LS005en
Page 3
USH
X
< 7 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0020-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
-
MFHA0030-100200
1,5
-Tighten
-Do not overtighten
1.
5.
Break through
the groove base
of the sash groove
3.
6.
2.
100 kg - 130 kg
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS005en
Page 4
H1/H2
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
min. 3.5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 3.5 mm.
H48.5200LS005en
Page 5
Frame dimensions
min. 18
H48.5200LS005en
Page 6
ALU 5200-DK
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/130
French doors
max.
1300
2400
max. 100/130
H48.5200LS014en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS014en/0
H48.5200LS014en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-DK BD 5 (FBS-EUL) Hardware overview
14
33
15
13
16
21
17
20
22
23
12
Nm ( 0.25)
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
29
2.5
16
18, 30, 32
2.7
PZ2
1g, 1h
2.5
PH2
33
H1
36
28
19
18
35
10
H2
36
28
1a
29
11
1c
29
1b
1d
(33)
H3
31
34
H4
31
1e
33
1g
30
30
32
32
1h
1f
24
25
35
26
27
34
8
38
3/
37
2
33
H48.5200LS014en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
According
to kg
According to FB/kg
H4
H1
H2
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
1h
Quantity
According to
FB/FH
Accessories
VE
VE
Handle LM Si-line
Handle LM Si-line lockable
Handle LM Globe
1
Handle TITAN
Handle LM round rose
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
0...1
Stay LM
Additional stay LM
14
Additional stay
15
Striker plate
16
Locking cam
17
Eccentric rivet
0...1
18
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
19
Support bracket
Locking side LM DK
(with FBS on corner drive) KPS
20
Locking bolt DK
21
22
23
Striker EUL
24
25
Striker E cam 10
26
27
1
1
Run-up block
Tilt locking part
0...1
Coupling set LM
(without FBS on gear)
28
29
30
M6 coupling screw
31
M6 ESG
32
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
0...2
0...1
H3
H4
Description
MV LM-DK/TBT
Silver
White RAL 9016
Black RAL 9005
EV1
Mill finish
1
1
1
1
-
MMBS0230-525020
MMBS0230-504020
MMBS0230-523020
MMBS0230-524020
MMBS0230-500120
10
10
10
10
5
884805
273 098
20
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
247037
20
MMVS0310-100010
MMVS0310-100030
20
MMKL0060-100010
MMKL0060-100030
20
MMGI0090-100010
MMGI0090-100030
20
857045
246979
20
(see table
on page 4)
200
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
Size
FB (mm)
Weight
20
365 to 600
< 100 kg
35
601 to 1600
From FB 1251 with stay size 35 <100 kg
From FB 1020 with stay size 35>100 kg to 130 kg
33
Striker
34
Slider
35
36
0...1
Handle support LM
37
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
38
0...1
Sash lift LM
H48.5200LS014en
Page 3
USH
X
< 7 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
2.
FH
4.
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0020-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
-
1,5
1.
Sequence of installation in sash
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
FB
Items 16 + 17
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS014en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
ALU 5200-DK BD 5 (FBS-EUL)
Sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 20
=
FB - 338
Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with add. stay
=
FB - 664
(> 100 kg FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
min. 5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 5 mm.
H48.5200LS014en
Page 5
min. 18
(Overall frame clearance dimension)
H48.5200LS014en
Page 6
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
600 to 1600
600 to 2000
max. 100/150
French doors
max.
1300
2600
max. 100/150
H48.5200LS007en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS007en/0
H48.5200LS007en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-DK BD 5 KPW (FBS-EUL) Hardware overview
39
15
14
23
13
16
17
22
24
12
11
25
20
19
38
10
36
H1
42
31
1a
32
H2
42
31
1c
32
1b
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
32
2.5
16, 40
1d
(36)
H3
34
Nm (0.25)
19, 33, 35
2.7
PZ2
1g, 1h
2.5
PH2
H4
34
1e
37
1g
33
33
35
36
35
1h
1f
26
4
5
27
28
23
41
30
29
44
39
40
6
8
3/
21/
43
2
H48.5200LK007en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
According to
sash weight
According to FB/kg
H4
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
1h
According
to FH
According
to FB
Accessories
VE
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
Size
35
Additional stay LM
0...1
1
1
1
1
0...1
19
20
21
31
32
36
37
38
39
40
41
MMBS0230-525010
MMBS0230-504010
MMBS0230-523010
MMBS0230-524010
-
1
1
1
1
-
MMBS0230-525020
MMBS0230-504020
MMBS0230-523020
MMBS0230-524020
MMBS0230-500120
10
10
10
10
5
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
MZBS0110-000030
20
MMVS0340-100010
MMVS0340-100030
20
MMKL0060-100010
MMKL0060-100030
20
MMGI0090-100010
MMGI0090-100030
20
FH 1251 mm
857045
246979
20
FB 1251 mm
894316
303917
20
(see table
on page 4)
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Locking bolt DK
Locking bolt TBT
Clamping piece EUL
VSO FBS corner drive
Striker EUL VSO
Striker
VSU corner drive
Tilt lock
Run-up block
Tilt lock
2
1
2
0...1
2
1
1
Weight
1
2
FB (mm)
600 to 1600
Additional stay
Striker plate
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
Support bracket
Adjusting piece S
0...1
33
34
35
Silver
White RAL 9016
Black RAL 9005
EV1
Mill finish
1
1
1
0...1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
VE
Handle LM Si-line
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
H3
H4
Description
22
H1
H2
Quantity
Coupling set LM
(without FBS on gear)
M6 coupling screw
M6 ESG
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
MV-LM DK/TBT
Striker
Slider
VSU/BSO corner drive
0...1
MV LM RB/SF
2
1
1
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
42
0...1
Handle support LM
43
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
44
0...1
Sash lift LM
H48.5200LS007en
Page 3
USH
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0020-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
-
Items 16 + 17
4.
150kg
kg
> 100
100 -- 130
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS007en
Page 4
H3/H4
H1/H2
H4
FH
FH (sash height)
H3
H1/H2
300
233
199
H3/H4
S5 = FB/2 - 150
(MV from FB > 1251)
10
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 5 mm.
H48.5200LS007en
Page 5
min. 18
(Overall frame clearance dimension)
190
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.5200LS007en
Page 6
ALU 5200-DK
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/130
French doors
max.
1300
2400
max. 100/130
H48.5200LS013en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS013en/0
H48.5200LS013en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-DK BD 5 (FBS-G) Hardware overview
14
34
15
13
16
21
17
20
22
23
34
12
Nm (0.25)
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
29
2.5
16
18, 31, 33
2.7
PZ2
1g, 1h
2.5
PH2
30
28
H1
1a
29
19
18
36
10
H2
30
28
11
1c
29
1b
1d
(34)
H3
32
35
H4
32
1e
34
1g
31
31
33
33
1h
1f
24
25
4
5
36
26
27
35
8
38
3/
37
2
34
H48.5200LS013en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
According
to kg
According to FB/kg
H4
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
1h
Quantity
Description
Handle TITAN
Handle TITAN lockable
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
0...1
Additional stay LM
14
Additional stay
15
Striker plate
16
Locking cam
17
Eccentric rivet
0...1
Silver
White RAL 9016
Black RAL 9005
EV1
Mill finish
Size
FB (mm)
20
365 to 600
35
601 to 1600
From FB 1251 with stay size 35
From FB 1020 with stay size 35
18
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
19
Support bracket
20
Locking bolt DK
21
22
23
Striker
24
25
Striker E cam 10
26
27
1
1
Run-up block
Tilt lock
Coupling set LM
(with FBS on gear)
Weight
< 100 kg
<100 kg
>100 kg to 130 kg
(9 mm)
(USH 12 mm)
28
Coupling bracket
29
30
Mishandling device
0...1
31
M6 coupling screw
32
M6 ESG FBS
33
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
0...2
MV LM-DK/TBT
H1
H2
According to
FB/FH
(10 mm)
Accessories
VE
Handle LM Si-line
0...1
H3
H4
VE
MMBS0230-525010
MMBS0230-504010
MMBS0230-523010
MMBS0230-524010
-
1
1
1
1
-
MMBS0230-525020
MMBS0230-504020
MMBS0230-523020
MMBS0230-524020
MMBS0230-500120
10
10
10
10
5
884805
273 098
20
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
247037
20
MMVS0250-100010
MMVS0250-100030
20
MMKL0030-100010
MMKL0030-100030
20
MMKL0010-100010
MMKL0010-100030
20
MMKL0040-100010
MMKL0040-100030
20
MMGI0080-100010
MMGI0080-100030
20
857045
246979
20
34
Striker
35
Slider
36
37
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
38
0...1
Sash lift LM
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
H48.5200LS013en
Page 3
ALU 5200-DK BD 5 (FBS-G) Assembly and design variants for coupling set
Design variants for coupling set (items 28-30)
(H1/H2)
USH
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
8.5 mm
7.5 mm
7 mm
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100030
FH
4.
FB
Z
1.
Sequence of installation in sash
- without centre lock (3. - 4.)
- with centre lock (1. - 2. - 3. - 4.)
7 - 10
12
Items 16 + 17
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS013en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
ALU 5200-DK BD 5 (FBS-G) Sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 20
=
FB - 338
Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 664
(> 100 kg FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
min. 5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 5 mm.
H48.5200LS013en
Page 5
min. 18
Handle height G1 + 76
(MV from FH > 1251)
H48.5200LS013en
Page 6
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
600 to 1600
600 to 2000
max. 100/150
French doors
max.
1300
2600
max. 100/150
H48.5200LS006en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS006en/0
FBS
H48.5200LS006en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-DK BD 5 KPW (FBS-G) Hardware overview
39
15
14
23
13
16
17
22
24
12
25
11
20
19
38
36
H1
32
30
30
1a
31
10
H2
32
1c
31
1b
1d
H3
34
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
31
2.5
16, 40
(36)
Nm ( 0.25)
19.33, 35
2.7
PZ2
1g, 1h
2.5
PH2
H4
34
1e
37
1g
33
33
35
36
35
1h
1f
25
4
5
26
27
23
41
29
28
43
39
40
6
8
3/
21/
42
2
H48.5200LK006en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
According to
sash weight
According to FB
H4
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
1h
Quantity
Description
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
Size
35
Additional stay LM
0...1
1
1
1
1
0...1
Silver
White RAL 9016
Black RAL 9005
EV1
Mill finish
According
to FH
MMBS0230-525010
MMBS0230-504010
MMBS0230-523010
MMBS0230-524010
-
1
1
1
1
-
MMBS0230-525020
MMBS0230-504020
MMBS0230-523020
MMBS0230-524020
MMBS0230-500120
10
10
10
10
5
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
MZBS0110-000030
20
MMVS0400-100010
MMVS0400-100030
20
MMKL0030-100010
MMKL0030-100030
20
MMKL0010-100010
MMKL0010-100030
20
MMKL0040-100010
MMKL0040-100030
20
MMGI0080-100010
MMGI0080-100030
20
FH 1251 mm
857045
246979
20
FB 1251 mm
894316
303917
20
FB (mm)
600 to 1600
Weight
Additional stay
Striker plate
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
Accessories set LM 5200
BD 5 150 kg
19
20
21
1
1
1
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
Support bracket
Adjusting piece S
22
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
Locking bolt DK
Locking bolt TBT
Clamping piece EUL
VSO corner drive
End piece
VSU corner drive
Tilt lock
Run-up block
Tilt lock
0...1
Coupling set LM
(with FBS on gear)
(9 mm)
(USH 12 mm)
30
Coupling bracket
31
32
Mishandling device
0...1
33
M6 coupling screw
34
M6 ESG FBS
35
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
39
40
41
0...1
2
1
1
H1
H2
According
to FB
(10 mm)
Accessories
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
36
37
38
VE
Handle LM Si-line
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
H3
H4
VE
14
15
16
17
18
Hardware list
MV-LM DK/TBT
Striker
Slider
VSU/BSO corner drive
0...1
MV LM RB/SF
2
1
1
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
42
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
43
0...1
Sash lift LM
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
H48.5200LS006en
Page 3
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
8.5 mm
7.5 mm
7 mm
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100030
Items 16 + 17
4.
150kg
kg
> 100
100 -- 130
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS006en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 664
(> 100 kg FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
300
H3/H4
S5 = FB/2 - 150
(MV from FB > 1251)
10
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 5 mm.
H48.5200LS006en
Page 5
Frame dimensions
85
Handle height G1 + 76
min. 18
(Overall frame clearance dimension)
190
(MV from FB > 1251)
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.5200LS006en
Page 6
ALU 5200-TBT
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/130
French doors
max.
1300
2400
max. 100/130
H48.5200LS016en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS016en/0
H48.5200LS016en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-TBT BD 5 (FBS-EUL)
14
18
Hardware overview
36
15
13
16
22
17
21
23
Items
24
12
Nm (0.25)
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
32
2.5
16
2.7
PZ2
1d
2.5
PH2
H1
39
31
1a
32
39
31
20
19
38
19, 33, 35
36
11
10
H2
9
1b
32
(36)
H3
34
1c
37
H4
34
1d
33
36
33
35
35
25
26
4
5
27
38
6
29
28
30
37
41
3/40
2
36
H48.5200LS016en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
According
to kg
According to FB/kg
H4
H1
H2
Item
Quantity
1a
1b
1c
According to
FB/FH
VE
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
0...1
Additional stay LM
14
Additional stay
15
Striker plate
16
Locking cam
17
18
Eccentric rivet
0...1
Stay striker MV
0...1
19
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
20
Support bracket
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
28
Spring
29
30
1
1
Run-up block
Run-up block TBT
0...1
Coupling set LM
(without FBS on gear)
Coupling bracket
33
M6 coupling screw
34
M6 ESG
35
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
0...2
MV LM-DK/TBT
VE
0...1
Accessories
32
H3
H4
Description
Handle LM Si-line lockable/TBT
1d
31
Hardware list
1
1
1
1
-
MMBS0230-525020
MMBS0230-504020
MMBS0230-523020
MMBS0230-524020
MMBS0230-500120
10
10
10
10
5
884805
273 098
20
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
MXSK0010-100010
MXSK0010-100030
20
247037
20
MMVS0320-100010
MMVS0320-100030
20
MMKL0060-100010
MMKL0060-100030
20
MMGI0090-100010
MMGI0090-100030
20
857045
246979
20
(see table
on page 4)
200
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
Size
FB (mm)
20
365 to 600
35
601 to 1600
From FB 1251 with stay size 35
From FB 1020 with stay size 35
Weight
< 100 kg
< 100 kg
> 100 kg to 130 kg
Grey
Black
36
Striker
37
Slider
38
39
0...1
Handle support LM
40
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
41
0...1
Sash lift LM
H48.5200LS016en
Page 3
USH
X
< 7 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
2.
FH
4.
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0020-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
-
1,5
1.
Sequence of installation in sash
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
FB
Items 16 + 17
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS016en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
ALU 5200-TBT BD 5 (FBS-EUL)
Sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 20
=
FB - 338
Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 917
(> 100 kg / FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
min. 5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 5 mm.
H48.5200LS016en
Page 5
Frame dimensions
min. 18
(Overall frame clearance dimension)
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.5200LS016en
Page 6
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Window
min.
max.
600 to 1600
600 to 2000
max. 100/150
French windows
max.
1300
2600
max. 100/150
H48.5200LS009en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS009en/0
H48.5200LS009en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-TBT BD 5 KPW (FBS-EUL)
Hardware overview
39
13
16
23
17
22
24
12
18
25
11
15
14
20
19
38
10
36
H1
42
31
1a
32
42
31
H2
1b
32
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
32
2.5
16, 40
(36)
H3
34
19, 33, 35
2.7
PZ2
1d
2.5
PH2
H4
34
1c
Nm (0.25)
37
1d
33
33
35
36
35
26
4
5
27
28
23
41
29
30
39
40
6
8
3/
21/
43
2
H48.5200LK009en
Page 2
1a
1b
1c
H4
1d
Description
Handle LM Si-line lockable/TBT
VE
MMBS0230-525020
10
MMBS0230-504010
MMBS0230-504020
10
MMBS0230-523010
MMBS0230-523020
10
EV1
MMBS0230-524010
MMBS0230-524020
10
MMBS0230-500120
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
MXSK0010-100010
MXSK0010-100030
20
MZBS0110-000030
20
MMVS0340-100010
MMVS0340-100030
20
MMKL0060-100010
MMKL0060-100030
20
MMGI0090-100010
MMGI0090-100030
20
857045
246979
20
894316
303917
20
MXBS0100-100010
dependent on FB/kg
dependent on
sash weight
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamp E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
Size
35
Additional stay LM
18
0...1
0...1
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
H1
H2
31
32
dependent on dependent on
FB
FH
Accessories
33
34
35
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lock DK
Locking bolt TBT
Clamp EUL
VSO FBS corner drive
Locking part EUL VSO
Striker
VSU corner drive
Tilt lock
Run-up block
Tilt locking part
0...1
Coupling set LM
(without FBS on gear)
2
1
1
weight
0...1
36
37
38
Stay striker MV
Accessory set LM 5200
BD 5 150 kg
2
1
2
FB (mm)
600 to 1600
Additional stay
Striker plate
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
Mounting bracket
Adjusting piece S
0...1
H3
H4
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
VE
Silver
Mill finish
0...1
Hardware list
M6 coupling screw
M6 ESG
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
MV-LM DK/TBT
Striker
Slider
VSU/BSO corner drive
0...1
MV LM RB/SF
39
40
41
2
1
1
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
42
0...1
Handle support LM
43
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
200
MXBS0100-100030
20
H48.5200LS009en
Page 3
USH
X
< 7 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0020-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
-
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
1,5
Items 16 + 17
4.
150kg
kg
> 100
100 -- 130
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS009en
Page 4
sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 917
(> 100 kg / FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
233
300
199
FH
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
H3/H4
S5 = FB/2 - 150
(MV from FB > 1251)
10
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 5 mm.
H48.5200LS009en
Page 5
frame dimensions
min. 18
Overall frame clearance dimension
100
(MV from FB > 1251)
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3, 57234 Wilnsdorf
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.5200LS009en
Page 6
ALU 5200-TBT
FBS
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/130
French doors
max.
1300
2400
max. 100/130
H48.5200LS015en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS015en/0
H48.5200LS015en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-TBT BD 5 (FBS-G)
14
18
Hardware overview
36
15
13
16
22
17
21
23
24
Items
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
31
2.5
16
36
30
12
Nm ( 0.25)
19, 33, 35
2.7
PZ2
1d
2.5
PH2
32
H1
31
1a
31
32
30
11
20
19
38
10
H2
1b
(36)
H3
34
H4
34
1c
37
1d
36
33
33
35
35
25
24
4
5
26
38
6
28
27
29
37
40
3/
39
2
36
H48.5200LS015en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
According
to kg
According to FB/kg
H4
Item
Quantity
1a
1b
1c
Accessories
According to
FB/FH
H3
H4
Description
Handle LM Si-line lockable/TBT
Handle LM Globe lockable/TBT
VE
1d
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
0...1
14
15
Striker plate
16
Locking cam
17
18
Eccentric rivet
0...1
Stay striker MV
0...1
19
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
20
Support bracket
21
22
23
24
25
26
1
1
1
2
1
1
27
Spring
28
29
1
1
Run-up block
Run-up block TBT
Grey
Black
Coupling set LM
(with FBS on gear)
Weight
< 100 kg
< 100 kg
> 100 kg to 130 kg
(USH 12 mm)
30
Coupling bracket
31
32
Mishandling device
0...1
33
M6 coupling screw
34
M6 ESG FBS
35
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
0...2
MVLM-DK/TBT
FB > 1251)
MMBS0230-525010
MMBS0230-504010
MMBS0230-523010
MMBS0230-524010
-
1
1
1
1
-
MMBS0230-525020
MMBS0230-504020
MMBS0230-523020
MMBS0230-524020
MMBS0230-500120
10
10
10
10
5
884805
273 098
20
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
MXSK0010-100010
MXSK0010-100030
20
247037
20
MMVS0270-100010
MMVS0270-100030
20
MMKL0030-100010
MMKL0030-100030
20
MMKL0010-100010
MMKL0010-100030
20
MMKL0040-100010
MMKL0040-100030
20
MMGI0080-100010
MMGI0080-100030
20
857045
246979
20
(9 mm)
(10 mm)
Silver
White RAL 9016
Black RAL 9005
EV1
Mill finish
Additional stay LM
Additional stay
Size
FB (mm)
20
365 to 600
35
601 to 1600
From FB 1251 with stay size 35
From FB 1020 with stay size 35
VE
0...1
H1
H2
Hardware list
36
Striker
37
Slider
38
39
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
40
0...1
Sash lift LM
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
H48.5200LS015en
Page 3
USH
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
8.5 mm
7.5 mm
7 mm
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100030
FH
4.
FB
X
1.
Sequence of installation in sash
- without centre lock (3. - 4.)
- with centre lock (1. - 2. - 3. - 4.)
7 - 10/12
Items 16 + 17
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS015en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
ALU 5200-TBT BD 5 (FBS-G)
(Additional stay)
Sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 20
=
FB - 338
Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 917
(>100 kg FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
min. 5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 3.5 mm.
H48.5200LS015en
Page 5
Frame dimensions
min. 18
(Overall frame clearance dimension)
H48.5200LS015en
Page 6
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
600 to 1600
600 to 2000
max. 100/150
French doors
max.
1300
2600
max. 100/150
H48.5200LS008en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS008en/0
FBS
H48.5200LS008en
Page 1
Hardware overview
ALU 5200-TBT BD 5 KPW (FBS-G)
Hardware overview
39
13
16
23
17
22
24
25
12
18
11
15
14
20
19
38
36
30
32
31
H1
32
30
31
1a
10
H2
1b
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
31
2.5
16, 40
(36)
H3
34
Nm (0.25)
19, 33, 35
2.7
PZ2
1d
2.5
PH2
H4
34
37
1c
1d
33
33
35
36
35
25
4
5
26
27
23
41
28
29
39
40
6
8
3/
21/
42
2
H48.5200LK008en
Page 2
H1
H2
H3
According to
sash weight
According to FB/kg
H4
Item
Quantity
1a
1b
1c
Description
Handle LM Si-line lockable/TBT
Handle LM Globe lockable/TBT
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge bearing
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
13
Stay LM
Size
35
Additional stay LM
1
1
1
1
0...1
0...1
According
to FH
1
1
1
1
-
MMBS0230-525020
MMBS0230-504020
MMBS0230-523020
MMBS0230-524020
MMBS0230-500120
10
10
10
10
5
884782
314 203
20
857076
247006
10
MXSK0010-100010
MXSK0010-100030
20
MZBS0110-000030
20
MMVS0400-100010
MMVS0400-100030
20
MMKL0030-100010
MMKL0030-100030
20
MMKL0010-100010
MMKL0010-100030
20
MMKL0040-100010
MMKL0040-100030
20
MMGI0080-100010
MMGI0080-100030
20
FH 1251 mm
857045
246979
20
FB 1251 mm
894316
303917
20
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
FB (mm)
600 to 1600
Weight
Additional stay
Striker plate
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
Stay striker MV
Accessories set LM 5200
BD 5 150 kg
1
1
1
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
Support bracket
Adjusting piece S
22
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
Locking bolt DK
Locking bolt TBT
Clamping piece EUL
VSO corner drive
Striker
VSU corner drive
Tilt lock
Run-up block
Tilt lock
0...1
Coupling set LM
(with FBS on gear)
H1
H2
According
to FB
MMBS0230-525010
MMBS0230-504010
MMBS0230-523010
MMBS0230-524010
-
19
20
21
(9 mm)
30
Coupling bracket
31
32
Mishandling device
0...1
33
M6 coupling screw
34
M6 ESG FBS
35
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
2
1
1
MV-LM DK/TBT
Striker
Slider
VSU/BSO corner drive
0...1
MV LM RB/SF
2
1
1
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
0...1
FB > 1251)
(USH 12 mm)
0...1
Silver
White RAL 9016
Black RAL 9005
EV1
Mill finish
(10 mm)
Accessories
0...1
VE
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
H3
H4
VE
1d
14
15
16
17
18
Hardware list
Adjusting piece AV
H48.5200LS008en
Page 3
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
8.5 mm
7.5 mm
7 mm
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100030
Items 16 + 17
4.
150kg
kg
> 100
100 -- 130
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS008en
Page 4
Sash dimensions
S3 Stay size 35
=
FB - 506
Stay size 35
with additional stay =
FB - 917
(> 100 kg FB > 1020 mm)
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
H1/H2
300
H3/H4
S5 = FB/2 - 150
(MV from FB > 1251)
10
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 5 mm.
H48.5200LS008en
Page 5
Frame dimensions
85
Handle height G1 + 76
min. 18
(Overall frame clearance dimension)
100
(MV from FB > 1251)
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.5200LS008en
Page 6
ALU 5200-D
Sash width
Sash height
Sash weight
(mm)
(mm)
(kg)
Windows
min.
max.
365 to 1600
550 to 2000
max. 100/150
French doors
max.
1300
2600
max. 100/150
H48.5200LS010en
The following information from the aluminium planning manual must be observed:
Assembly instructions
H48.5200LS010en/0
H48.5200LS010en
Page 1
11
33
18
16
12
30
17
Items
18
17
(28)
14
13
H1
34
21
1a
22
Nm (0.25)
2, 5, 10, 11, 12
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
22, 35
2.5
13, 23, 25
2.7
PZ2
1g, 1h
2.5
PH2
H2
34
21
10
1c
22
1b
1d
28
H3
24
H4
24
1e
1g
23
26
27
23
25
25
1h
1f
18
4
5
31
17
35
19
18
32
20
37
35
3/15/36
2
33
H48.5200LS010en
Page 2
ALU 5200-D BD 5
Item
H1
H2
H3
H4
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
1h
According to
sash weight
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
H1
H2
Quantity
According
to FH
According to
FB
VE
VE
Handle TITAN
Handle LM round rose
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bottom hinge
Adjusting piece S
Cover cap
M5 x 8.5 countersunk screw
Corner hinge
Bottom hinge pin
Clamping piece E
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge
M5 x 7.5 countersunk screw
0...1
13
14
15
1
1
1
M5 x 13 countersunk screw
Support bracket
Adjusting piece S
16
Stay LM-D
17
Striker
18
Slider
19
Run-up block
20
0...1
Coupling set LM
(without FBS on gear)
21
Coupling bracket
22
23
M6 coupling screw
24
M6 ESG
25
M5 x 35 countersunk screw
0...1
MV LM-D (VS/BS)
26
Striker MV
27
Locking bolt
28
Striker
0...1
Accessories
Description
Handle LM Si-line
0...1
H3
H4
Hardware list
MV LM-D (VSU/VSO)
29
30
31
Locking bolt
32
33
Striker
34
0...1
Handle support LM
35
0...1
Stop
36
0...1
Adjusting piece AV
37
0...1
Sash lift LM
Silver
White RAL 9016
Black RAL 9005
EV1
Mill finish
1
1
1
1
-
MMBS0230-525020
MMBS0230-504020
MMBS0230-523020
MMBS0230-524020
MMBS0230-500120
10
10
10
10
5
MZBS0110-000030
20
MMVS0280-100010
MMVS0280-100030
20
MMKL0060-100010
MMKL0060-100030
20
MMGI0090-100010
MMGI0090-100030
20
857052
246986
20
MMMV0040-100010
MMMV0040-100030
20
(see table
on page 4)
200
820544
222805
10
MXBS0100-100010
MXBS0100-100030
20
MMFH0010-100010
MMFH0010-100030
20
H48.5200LS010en
Page 3
USH
X
< 7 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200 MFHA0020-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
-
MFHA0030-100200
1,5
1.
5.
Break through
the groove base
of the sash groove
3.
6.
2.
100kg- 150
100
- 130kgkg
4.
Attention:
Grease socket
- do not oil it!
H48.5200LS010en
Page 4
H1/H2
H3/H4
H3
H4
FH (sash height)
H1/H2
min. 5 mm 1)
H3/H4
FB (sash width)
1) Remove the rebate seal in the hinge gap area.
Minimum gap 5 mm.
H48.5200LS010en
Page 5
ALU 5200-D BD 5
Frame dimensions
min. 18
H48.5200LS010en
Page 6
LM 4200-DK
Clampable rotating tilt fitting for
aluminium windows and portal doors
Hardware certified in accordance with QM 328
Further details and specifications/information
regarding the product and liability (guidelines: VHBH, TBDK and VHBE)
can be found in the aluminium planning manual (H4006.0125EN) and
must be observed.
4,5
< 9,5
< 10,5
15
20
2
X3)
Correct use
Profile selection/alignment
Frame designs
A0004
A0006
4 -0,2
2
14,5 -0,2
17,5
18 -0,2
22
21+1
5
10 0,1
3,5
14 0,1
4
7-12
>26
A0022
+0,2
3,3
2,7 - 3,2
19 - 19,60
4,2 - 4,5
Operating
dimensions
min.rod
- max.
min. - max.
1,8
All dimensions in mm
Sash width 1)
(a)
Sash height 1)
(b)
Sash weight 1)
( )
max. 100/130 kg 2)
a/b 1,5
Contents
Size ranges............................................ Page 1
Hardware layout................................... Page 2
b 2000
a 1300
Jig, abbreviations,
pressure adjustment and diagram........ Page 4
Assembly instructions.................................... Page 5
Sash dimensions............................................ Page 6
Frame dimensions......................................... Page 7
a 1600
LMen1362
10 - 11
Assembly Instructions
15 0,2
2,6
12 0,1
b 2400
35
4,3 -0,2
LMen1362
Page 1
Beschlagbersicht
LM 4200-DK Hardware layout
40
39
B
0-1
ca. 4 Nm
34
11/17
SW4
20
38
37
22
23.11)
24.11)
22
23.22)
24.2
2)
32
34
33
30/31
41
13)
29
25
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23.1
23.2
24.1
24.2
25
26
27
28
Handle LM
Bottom hinge
Countersunk screw M5 x 8.5
Bottom hinge pin
Corner hinge
Clamping piece E
Retainer
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge
Countersunk screw M5 x 7
Bottom hinge SV right/left
Corner hinge right/left
Top hinge pin A0026
Top hinge
Stay hinge
Countersunk screw M5 x 7
Countersunk screw M5 x 13
Supporting piece
Stay LM 4200
Locking bolt DK
Clamping piece EUL
Corner drive VSO
Striker
Tilt lock 10 mm
Striker E 10 mm
Run-up block
Tilt locking part
Handle LM
Bottom hinge
29
30
31
32
33
Coupling bracket LM
Cheese head screw M5 x 12
Cheese head screw M5 x 12
Mishandling device LM
Coupling bracket LM
34
35
36
Striker
Slider
Corner drive VSU/BSO
37
38
39
40
Eccentric rivet
Locking cam
Additional stay
Striker plate
41
42
43
Handle support LM
Pressure piece SV
Pressure piece AV
21
10/16
19
18
36
9/15
35
7
34
14
13
26
12
27
28
5
36
35
34
4
42/43
LMen1362
Page 2
Hardware list
LM 4200-DK
Item
Design
Left
Generally required
Description
Material no.
Handle LM
BS LM 4200
Silver
MMBS0010-525010
10
MMBS0010-525020
Brown
MMBS0010-533010
10
MMBS0010-533020
MMBS0010-503010
10
MMBS0010-503020
MMBS0010-504010
10
MMBS0010-504020
MMBS0010-523010
10
MMBS0010-523020
EV1
MMBS0010-524010
10
MMBS0010-524020
Mill finish
246887
Silver
MMBS0031-525011
10
MMBS0031-525021
BS LM 4200/SV right
Brown
MMBS0031-533011
10
MMBS0031-533021
MMBS0031-504011
10
MMBS0031-504021
MMBS0031-523011
10
MMBS0031-523021
Silver
MMBS0032-525011
10
MMBS0032-525021
Brown
MMBS0032-533011
10
MMBS0032-533021
MMBS0032-504011
10
MMBS0032-504021
MMBS0032-523011
10
MMBS0032-523021
20
247037
884805
20
273098
884782
20
314203
884782
20
314203
884782
20
314203
BS LM 4200/SV left
18-19
0...1
20
Stay LM 4200
1) up to max. 100 kg sash weight
Size
365
201)
35
601
352) 1,251
353) 1,020
21-28
Material no.
Right
2-11
12-17
Hardware list
a (in mm)
to 600
to 1,250
to 1,600
to 1,600
0...1
MMVS0310-100010
20
MMVS0310-100030
0...1
VS LM-DK KPS
MMVS0250-100010
20
MMVS0250-100030
MMKL0060-100010
20
MMKL0060-100030
9 mm
MMKL0030-100010
20
MMKL0030-100030
0...1
10 mm
MMKL0010-100010
20
MMKL0010-100030
0...1
USH 12 mm
MMKL0040-100010
20
MMKL0040-100030
29-30
31-33
0...1
34-36
0...2
MV LM 4200-DK
a/b 1,250 mm
857045
20
246979
37-40
0...1
857076
10
247006
41
0...1
Handle support LM
200
See table
42
0...1
818138
20
222041
43
0...1
855133
20
249796
Accessories
Only for use with
VS LM-DK FBS-EUL KPS
For width adjustment 0.8
mm
For width pressure adjustment
0.5 mm
USH
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
8.5 mm
MMKL0030-100030
7 - 10 mm
7.5 mm
MMKL0010-100030
12 mm
7 mm
MMKL0040-100030
1,5
7 - 10
12
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
< 2 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
7 - 10 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
7 - 10 mm
> 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
12 mm
MFHA0030-100200
USH
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
LMen1362
Page 3
mounting stays
stay hinge.
Fasten stay.
Distance piece
Abbreviations
Required
tools
LMen1200
Pressure adjustment
approx. 1
SW4
-1
+1
-1
+1
SW 11
SW4
-90
aprox. 4 Nm
Further adjustment
options
+9
Example (
):
Weight
Glass thickness
(mm)
(kg/m2)
28
70
24
60
20
50
16
40
12
30
LMen1362
Page 4
Assembly instructions
LM 4200-DK
Assembly instructions
All text passages marked with > are for sash width
and sash height 1,250 mm.
Preparation
Install eccentric rivet (37) and locking cam (38) on S3 as shown (see page 2).
>A
Insert slider (page 2: 35) with operating rod S4 and corner drive VSU/BSO (36) vertically on the BSO.
Insert slider DK (21), stay LM 4200 (20) and operating rod S3 horizontally on the VSO.
Insert locking bolt DK (21), stay LM 4200 (20), operating rod S3 and striker plate (40) horizontally on the VSO.
> D Couple locking bolt DK (21) with corner drive VSU/BSO (36). Make sure positioning of the coupling piece for corner drive VSU/
BSO (36) is correct.
E Attach stay hinge (10/16) and stay LM 4200 (20) using countersunk screw M5 x 7 (11/17)
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
F Position stay hinge (10/16) according to specifications on page 4 and fasten stay LM 4200 (20) with punching screws.
> G Insert slider (35) with operating rod S5 and corner drive VSU/BSO (36) vertically on the VSU.
H Insert tilt lock 10 mm (25), operating rod S1, coupling bracket LM (29/33), operating rod S2 and corner drive VSO (23.1/23.2)
vertically on the VSO.
> I Couple tilt lock 10 mm (25) with corner drive VSU/BSO (36). Make sure positioning of coupling piece for corner drive VSU/BSO (36)
is correct (Figure 1).
J Couple corner drive VSO (23.1/23.2) with operating rod S3 >striking plate (40) and secure with clamping piece EUL (22).
K Insert run-up block (27) horizontally on the VSU.
L Attach handle LM (1) with cheese head screws M5 x 12 (30) (torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
Make sure the handle catch closes into the coupling bracket LM (29).
L Attach mishandling device LM on rebate (32) with cheese head screws M5 x 12 (31) to handle LM (1)
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm). Make sure the handle catch closes into the coupling bracket LM (33).
L Press bottom hinge pin (4) into corner hinge (5) DIN right or DIN left.
M Insert clamping piece E (6) vertically on the BSU and attach corner hinge (5) using countersunk screws
M5 x 8.5 (3) (torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
N Insert corner hinge right/left (13) into the sash groove and fasten with the pre-installed countersunk screws
Figure 1
M5 x 8.5 (torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
B
>C
FBS-EUL
FBS-G
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
Frame
A For sashes weighing more than 100 kg, fasten the supporting piece (19) to the frame using countersunk screws M5 x 13 (18)
BS LM 4200
B
B
BS LM 4200/SV
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
C
C
D
>E
>F
>G
Final
installation
A
B
C
Making
adjustments
A Width adjustment:
continuous
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200
continuous
the sash open)
Height adjustment:
Pressure adjustment:
BS LM 4200/SV
BS LM 4200
LMen1362
Page 5
Sash dimensions
LM 4200-DK Sash dimensions
S3 stay SZ 20
=
a - 338
Stay SZ 35
=
a - 506
> Stay SZ 35
with additional stay =
a - 664
(>100 kg a 1,020 mm)
+0,1
10
10
10
5,2
15
1)
15/20 mm
21+1 mm
22 mm
Tilt
position
S2 = b2 - 210 (FBS-G)
S2 = b2 - 204 (FBS-EUL)
handle
position
Griffsitz
b2 G2
300 300
min. 93
1)
5,2
98
78
(Flgelhhe)
bb(sash
height)
5,2
Turn
position
14,5
11,5
20
15
(BS LM 4200/SV)
(BS LM 4200)
min. 93
min. 961)
1)
min. 4
1)
22
21+1
S1 = b1 - 210 (FBS-G)
S1 = b1 - 161 (FBS-EUL)
(min. b/3)
handle
position
300
Griffsitz
b1 G2
250
Locked
position
(Flgelbreite)
aa
(sash
width)
LMen1362
Page 6
Frame dimensions
LM 4200-DK
Frame dimensions
All text passages marked with >
are for sash width and
sash height 1,250 mm.
> centre
118 (FBS-EUL)
85 (FBS-G)
20 1)
4,2 1)
2)
16,5 1)
10 to 14 mm
21+1 mm
10 mm
3,3 to 4,3
3 to 3,5
1,5 to 2
> centre
min. 17,5
outer frame free
measurement
21 +1
10
45
10 to 14
> centre
LMen1362
Page 7
Important information
LM 4200-DK Important information
Basic safety instructions
Correct use
The hardware described in this document is intended to be installed in an aluminium window frame by a certified window
construction specialist in accordance with these instructions. The windows may only be installed vertically plumb.
The certified window construction specialist must ensure that the hardware is suitable for the application
based on the specifications in these instructions and in other documents that are cited.
Corrosive substances, dirt and moisture can damage the hardware and cause hazards.
Do not use acetic or acid cure sealants.
Do not use the hardware in environments where the air contains aggressive or corrosive components.
Keep the rebates free from deposits and dirt, especially from remnants of cement and plaster.
Keep the hardware dry.
Disclaimer of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the hardware (and to the windows and portal doors that are equipped
with these) resulting from insufficient tendering, failure to follow these assembly instructions or which result from force being
applied to the hardware (e.g. through improper use).
LMen1362
Page 8
LM 4200-TBT
Clampable rotating tilt hardware for
aluminium windows and portal doors
(Operating sequence: tilt before turn)
Further details and specifications/information
regarding the product and liability (guidelines: VHBH, TBDK and VHBE)
can be found in the aluminium planning manual (H4006.0125EN) and
must be observed.
15
20
2
X3)
Correct use
Profile selction/alignment
Frame designs
A0004
A0006
4 -0,2
22
21+1
5
10 0,1
18 -0,2
14,5 -0,2
17,5
3,5
14 0,1
4
7-12
>26
A0022
+0,2
3,3
2,7 - 3,2
19 - 19,60
4,2 - 4,5
Operating
dimensions
min.rod
- max.
min. - max.
1,8
All dimensions in mm
Sash width 1)
(a)
Sash height 1)
(b)
Sash weight 1)
( )
max. 100/130 kg 2)
a/b 1,5
Contents
Size ranges............................................ Page 1
Hardware layout................................... Page 2
b 2000
a 1300
Jig, abbreviations,
pressure adjustment and diagram........ Page 4
Assembly instructions.................................... Page 5
Sash dimensions............................................ Page 6
Frame dimensions......................................... Page 7
a 1600
LMen1363
10 - 11
Assembly Instructions
15 0,2
2,6
12 0,1
b 2400
35
4,3 -0,2
2
LMen1363_3_2011-11/0
4,5
< 9,5
< 10,5
LMen1363
Page 1
Hardware layout
LM 4200-TBT
Hardware layout
40
41
42
35
ca. 4 Nm
SW4
0-1
20
11/17
39
22
38
23.11)
22
24.11)
23.22)
24.2
2)
33
34
31/32
35
43
13)
30
24
25
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23.1
23.2
24.1
24.2
24
25
26
27
28
29
Handle LM lockable/TBT
Bottom hinge pin
Bottom hinge
Countersunk screw M5 x 8.5
Corner hinge
Clamping piece E
Retainer
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Stay hinge
Countersunk screw M5 x 7
Bottom hinge SV right/left
Corner hinge right/left
Top hinge pin A0026
Top hinge
Stay hinge
Countersunk screw M5 x 7
Countersunk screw M5 x 13
Supporting piece
Stay LM 4200
Locking bolt TBT
Clamping piece EUL
Corner drive VSO-FBS
Corner drive VSO
Striker EUL-FBS
Striker
Striker
Tilt lock TBT
Tilt locking part TBT
Spring
Run-up block
Run-up block TBT
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Striker
Slider
Corner drive VSU/BSO
38
39
40
41
42
Eccentric rivet
Locking cam
Striker plate
Additional stay
Stay striker MV
43
44
45
Handle support LM
Pressure piece SV
Pressure piece AV
21
10/16
19
18
37
9/15
36
7
35
14
13
26
12
5
274)
28
29
37
36
35
4
44/45
1)
2)
LMen1363
Page 2
Hardware list
LM 4200-TBT
Item
Design
Left
2-11
Generally required
Description
Material no.
Handle LM lockable/TBT
BS LM 4200
MMBS0010-525010
10
MMBS0010-525020
Brown
MMBS0010-533010
10
MMBS0010-533020
MMBS0010-503010
10
MMBS0010-503020
MMBS0010-504010
10
MMBS0010-504020
MMBS0010-523010
10
MMBS0010-523020
EV1
MMBS0010-524010
10
MMBS0010-524020
Mill finish
246887
Silver
MMBS0031-525011
10
MMBS0031-525021
BS LM 4200/SV right
Brown
MMBS0031-533011
10
MMBS0031-533021
MMBS0031-504011
10
MMBS0031-504021
MMBS0031-523011
10
MMBS0031-523021
Silver
MMBS0032-525011
10
MMBS0032-525021
Brown
MMBS0032-533011
10
MMBS0032-533021
MMBS0032-504011
10
MMBS0032-504021
MMBS0032-523011
10
MMBS0032-523021
20
247037
884805
20
273098
884782
20
314203
884782
20
314203
884782
20
314203
BS LM 4200/SV left
18-19
0...1
20
Stay LM 4200
1) up to max. 100 kg sash weight
Size
365
201)
35
601
352) 1,251
353) 1,020
21-29
Material no.
Right
12-17
Hardware List
a (in mm)
to 600
to 1,250
to 1,600
to 1,600
0...1
MMVS0320-100010
20
MMVS0320-100030
0...1
VS LM-TBT KPS
MMVS0270-100010
20
MMVS0270-100030
MMKL0060-100010
20
MMKL0060-100030
9 mm
MMKL0030-100010
20
MMKL0030-100030
0...1
10 mm
MMKL0010-100010
20
MMKL0010-100030
0...1
USH 12 mm
MMKL0040-100010
20
MMKL0040-100030
857045
20
246979
857076
10
247006
MXSK0010-100010
20
MXSK0010-100030
200
See table
818138
20
222041
855133
20
249796
30-31
32-34
0...1
35-37
0...2
MV LM 4200-DK
38-41
0...1
42
0...1
Stay striker MV
43
0...1
Handle support LM
44
0...1
45
0...1
a/b 1,250 mm
a 1,250 mm with stay SZ 35
(> 100 kg a 1,020 mm)
a 1,250 mm
(> 100 kg a 1,020 mm)
Accessories
Only for use with
VS LM-TBT FBS-EUL KPS
For width adjustment 0.8 mm
For width pressure adjustment
0.5 mm
USH
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
8.5 mm
MMKL0030-100030
7 - 10 mm
7.5 mm
MMKL0010-100030
12 mm
7 mm
MMKL0040-100030
1,5
7 - 10
12
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
< 2 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
7 - 10 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
7 - 10 mm
> 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
12 mm
MFHA0030-100200
USH
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
LMen1363
Page 3
mounting stays
stay hinge.
Fasten stay.
Distance piece
Abbreviations
Required
tools
LMen1200
Pressure adjustment
approx. 1
SW4
-1
+1
-1
+1
SW 11
-90
aprox. 4 Nm
28
24
40
12
30
16
1,600
1400
20
1200
1,000
800
550
1,600
50
1,400
20
1,800
1,205
60
1,000
24
2,000
Sash height (mm)
70
800
28
2,200
600
):
(kg/m2)
365
Example (
2,400
Weight
Glass thickness
(mm)
16
options
20
SW4
Further adjustment
+9
LMen1363
Page 4
Assembly instructions
LM 4200-TBT Assembly instructions
Assembly instructions
All text passages marked with > are for sash width
and sash height 1,250 mm.
Preparation
A
B
C
D
>E
Sash
>A
(>100 kg)
B
>C
>D
E
>F
>G
H
>I
FBS-EUL
J
K
L
FBS-G
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200
M
N
BS LM 4200/SV
Frame
BS LM 4200
B
B
BS LM 4200/SV
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
C
C
D
E
>F
>G
>H
Final
installation
A
B
C
Making
adjustments
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
Insert slider (page 2: 36) with operating rod S4 and corner drive VSU/BSO (37) vertically on the
BSO.
Insert locking bolt TBT (21), stay LM 4200 (20) and operating rod S3 horizontally on the VSO.
Insert locking bolt TBT (21), stay LM 4200 (20) and operating rod S3, stay striker MV (42), striker plate (40) and >operating rod
(length 234 mm) horizontally on the VSO.
Couple locking bolt TBT (21) with corner drive VSU/BSO (37). Make sure positioning of coupling piece for corner drive VSU/BSO
(37) is correct.
Attach stay hinge (10/16) to stay LM 4200 (20) using countersunk screw M5 x 7 (11/17)
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
Position stay hinge (10/16) according to specifications on page 4 and fasten stay LM 4200 (20) with punching screws.
Insert slider (36) with operating rod S5 and corner drive VSU/BSO (37) vertically on the VSU.
Insert tilt lock TBT (25), operating rod S1, coupling bracket LM (30/34), operating rod S2 and corner drive VSO
(23.1/23.2) vertically on the VSO.
Couple tilt lock TBT (25) with corner drive VSU/BSO (37). Make sure positioning of coupling piece for corner drive VSU/BSO (37) is
correct (Figure 1).
Couple corner drive VSO (23.1/23.2) with operating rod S3 >operating rod 234 and secure with clamping piece EUL (22).
Insert run-up block (28) horizontally on the VSU (not applicable for MV on the VSU).
Attach handle LM lockable/TBT (1) with cheese head screws M5 x 12 (31) (torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
Make sure the handle catch closes into the coupling bracket (30).
Attach mishandling device LM on rebate (33) with cheese head screws M5 x 12 (312) to the handle
LM (1) (torque 2.5 0.25 Nm). Make sure the handle catch closes into the coupling bracket (34).
Press bottom hinge pin (4) into corner hinge (5) DIN right or DIN left.
Insert clamping piece E (6) vertically on the BSU and attach corner hinge (5) using countersunk screws
M5 x 8.5 (3) (torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
Insert corner hinge right/left (13) in the sash groove and fasten with the pre-installed countersunk screws
Figure 1
M5 x 8.5 (torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
For sashes weighing more than 100 kg , fasten the supporting piece (19) to the frame using countersunk screws M5 x 13 (18).
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm) (see page 7).
Position bottom hinge (2) and top hinge (9) and fix both in place by tightening the cheese head screws (torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
Position bottom hinge SV right/left (12) and top hinge (15) and fix both in place by tightening the cheese head screws (torque 2.5
0.25 Nm).
Connect top hinge pin (8) with retainer (7) and insert into the top hinge (9) from below.
Insert top hinge pin A0026 (14) into top hinge (15) from below.
Position striker EUL-FBS (24.1)/striker (24.2) (24), tilt locking part TBT (26) and run-up block TBT (29) according to specifications on page
7 and fix in place with grub screws (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
Press suitable spring (27) according to specifications on page 2 into tilt locking part TBT (26).
Position strikers (35) on the BS and VS according to specifications on page 7 and fix each in place with
grub screws (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
Position strikers (35) on the VSU and the VSO according to the specification on page 7
and fix in place with grub screws (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
2,5
For sash widths from 1,250 mm to 1,600 mm and/or sash weights in excess of 100 kg
(min. sash width 1,020 mm), use additional stay LM 4200.
Hinge the sash. Push top hinge pin (8/14) through and snap into place.
Top hinge pin (8/14) must be secured in the stay hinge (10/15) (see Figure 2).
Figure 2
Check that the window works correctly.
Width adjustment:
continuous
continuous
sash open)
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200
Height adjustment:
Pressure adjustment:
BS LM 4200/SV
BS LM 4200
after removal of the top pressure piece from the bottom hinge (2)
using 4 mm hexagon socket screw in corner hinge (5) +1.5 / - 1 mm
for FH 1,600 mm in tilt position/for FH 1,600 mm in turn position
using 4 mm hexagon socket screw in corner hinge right/left (13) +2 / -1 mm
using eccentric locking cam
for pressure piece AV (45) 0.5 mm
LMen1363
Page 5
Sash dimensions
LM 4200-TBT
Sash dimensions
S3 stay SZ 20
=
a - 338
Stay SZ 35
=
a - 506
> Stay SZ 35
with additional stay =
a - 917
(>100 kg a 1,020 mm)
10
10
5,2
> 234
+0,1
10
15
1)
Turn
position
15/20 mm
21+1 mm
22 mm
S2 = b2 - 210 (FBS-G)
S2 = b2 - 204 (FBS-EUL)
min. 93 1)
5,2
98
78
b (sash height)
5,2
Tilt
position
14,5
11,5
20
15
min. 93
(BS LM 4200/SV)
(BS LM 4200)
1)
min. 96 1)
min. 4
1)
22
21 +1
S1 = b1 - 210 (FBS-G)
S1 = b1 - 161 (FBS-EUL)
Locked
position
a (sash width)
LMen1363
Page 6
Frame dimensions
LM 4200-TBT
Frame dimensions
All text passages marked with >
are for sash width and
sash height 1,250 mm.
> centre
4,2 1)
118 (FBS-EUL)
85 (FBS-G)
16,5
20 1)
1)
10 to 14 mm
21+1 mm
10 mm
min. 17,5
outer frame free
measurement
21 +1
10
> centre
2,5 to 3,5
3,3 to 4,3
1,5 to 2
84
10 to 14
19
> centre
LMen1363
Page 7
Important information
LM 4200-TBT
Important information
Corrosive substances, dirt and moisture can damage the hardware and cause hazards.
Do not use acetic or acid cure sealants.
Do not use the hardware in environments where the air contains aggressive or corrosive components.
Keep the rebates free from deposits and dirt, especially from remnants of cement and plaster.
Keep the hardware dry.
Disclaimer of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the hardware (and to the windows and portal doors that are equipped
with these) resulting from insufficient tendering, failure to follow these assembly instructions or which result from force being
applied to the hardware (e.g. through improper use).
LMen1363
Page 8
LM 4200-D
Clampable turning sash hardware for
aluminium windows and portal doors
Further details and specifications/information
regarding the product and liability (guidelines: VHBH, TBDK and VHBE)
can be found in the aluminium planning manual (H4006.0125EN) and
must be observed.
15
20
2
X 4)
Correct use
Profile selection/alignment
Frame designs
A0004
A0006
4 -0,2
14,5 -0,2
35
17,5
18 -0,2
22
21+1
5
10 0,1
3,5
14 0,1
4
7-12
>26
A0022
+0,2
3,3
2,7 - 3,2
19 - 19,60
4,2 - 4,5
Operating
dimensions
min.rod
- max.
min. - max.
1,8
All dimensions in mm
Sash width 1)
(a)
Sash height 1)
(b)
Sash weight 1)
( )
max. 100/130 kg 2)
a/b 1,5
b 2000
a 1300
a 1600
Contents
Size ranges......................................
Hardware layout.............................
Hardware list...................................
Jig, abbreviations,
and diagram.....................................
Assembly instructions.............................
Sash dimensions.....................................
Frame dimensions..................................
Important information.......................
Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4
Page 5
Page 6
Page 7
Page 8
LMen1364
10 - 11
Assembly Instructions
15 0,2
2,6
12 0,1
b 2400
363)
4,3 -0,2
2
LMen1364_3_2013-02/1
4,5
< 10,5
LMen1364
Page 1
Hardware layout
LM 4200-D
Hardware layout
37
20
11/17
22
33
34
10/16
21
19
21
18
22
9/15
38
32
27
1a
28
26
25
1b
8
31
29
7
30
14
22
21
35
21
1a
1b
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Handle LM
Window handle
Bottom hinge pin
Bottom hinge
Countersunk screw M5 x 8.5
Corner hinge
Clamping piece E
Retainer
Top hinge pin
Top hinge
Countersunk screw M5 x 7
Stay hinge
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Countersunk screw M5 x 13
Supporting piece
20
Stay LM 4200-D
21
22
23
24
Striker
Slider
Run-up block
Run-up block TBT
25
26
Coupling bracket
Cheese head screw M5 x 12
27
28
29
Coupling screw M6
ESG LM M6
Countersunk screw PZ M5 x 35
30
31
32
Striker MV
Locking bolt
Striker
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Handle support LM
Pressure piece SV
Pressure piece AV
13
12
23
24
5
6
36
22
37
2
39/40
LMen1364
Page 2
Hardware list
LM 4200-D
Item
Design
Left
Generally required
Description
Material no.
Material no.
Right
1a
0...1
Handle LM
1b
0...1
Window handle (
2-11
12-17
Hardware list
MMBS0010-525010
10
MMBS0010-525020
Brown
MMBS0010-533010
10
MMBS0010-533020
MMBS0010-503010
10
MMBS0010-503020
MMBS0010-504010
10
MMBS0010-504020
MMBS0010-523010
10
MMBS0010-523020
EV1
MMBS0010-524010
10
MMBS0010-524020
Mill finish
246887
Silver
MMBS0031-525011
10
MMBS0031-525021
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV right
Brown
MMBS0031-533011
10
MMBS0031-533021
MMBS0031-504011
10
MMBS0031-504021
MMBS0031-523011
10
MMBS0031-523021
Silver
MMBS0032-525011
10
MMBS0032-525021
Brown
MMBS0032-533011
10
MMBS0032-533021
MMBS0032-504011
10
MMBS0032-504021
MMBS0032-523011
10
MMBS0032-523021
20
247037
MMVS0280-100010
20
MMVS0280-100030
BS LM 4200/SV left
18-19
0...1
20-24
VS LM-D SDF
25-26
MMKL0060-100010
20
MMKL0060-100030
27-29
MMGI0090-100010
20
MMGI0090-100030
30-32
0...1
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
b 1,250 mm
857052
20
246986
33-37
0...1
MV LM 4200/2200-D VSU/VSO
a 1,250 mm
MMMV0040-100010
20
MMMV0040-100030
38
0...1
Handle support LM
200
See table
39
0...1
818138
20
222041
40
0...1
855133
20
249796
Accessories
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
< 2 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
7 - 10 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
7 - 10 mm
> 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
12 mm
MFHA0030-100200
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
USH
1,5
LMen1364
Page 3
Required
tools
LMen1200
Further adjustment
options
Abbreviations
16
40
12
30
20
50
1,600
1,400
20
1,200
1,000
800
500
1,600
20
1,800
1,400
60
1,205
24
2,000
1,000
70
800
28
2,200
600
):
(kg/m2)
350
Example (
2,400
Weight
Glass thickness
(mm)
28
24
16
LMen1364
Page 4
Assembly instructions
LM 4200-D Assembly instructions
Assembly instructions
All text passages marked with > are for sash width
and sash height 1,250 mm.
Preparation
Sash
Gear set M6
Gear set M6
Gear set M6
Gear set M6
Gear set M6
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
> A
>B
C
C
>D
>D
E
F
Insert slider (page 2: 22) with operating rod S5 and corner drive VSU/BSO (36) vertically on the VSU.
Insert slider (22) with operating rod S3 horizontally on the VSO.
Insert slider (22), operating rod S1, coupling bracket (25), operating rod S2 and slider (22) vertically on the VSO.
Insert slider (22), operating rod S1, operating rod S2 and slider (22) vertically on the VSO.
Insert slider (35), operating rod S1, coupling bracket (25), operating rod S2 and corner drive VSO (33) vertically on the VSO.
Insert slider (35), operating rod S1, operating rod S2 and corner drive VSO (33) vertically on the VSO.
Connect ESG LM M6 (28) operating rods and place in opening provided (see page 6, Figure 3).
Screw ESG LM M6 (28) and operating rods S1 and S2 together using coupling screw M6 (27) (PZ
2, torque 2.75 0.25 Nm).
> G Couple corner drive VSU/BSO (36) with locking bolt (35). Make sure positioning of coupling piece
for corner drive VSU/BSO (36) is correct (Figure 1).
> H Couple VSO (33) with operating rod S3 and secure using clamping piece EUL (34).
I Attach handle LM (1a) and handle support LM (38 )with cheese head screw M5 x 12 (26)
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm). Make sure the handle catch closes into the coupling bracket (25).
J Attach window handle (1b) to ESG LM M6 (28) using countersunk screw PZ M5 x 35 (29) (PZ 2, torque 2.5
0.25 Nm).
Figure 1
K Screw stay hinge (11/17) and stay LM 4200-D (20) together using countersunk screw M5 x 7 (10/16)
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm), press stay LM 4200-D (20) horizontally onto the BSO as far as it will go and fasten with punching screws
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
L Press bottom hinge pin (2) into corner hinge (5) DIN right or DIN left.
M Insert clamping piece E (6) vertically on the BSU and attach corner hinge (5) using countersunk screws M5 x 8.5 (4) (torque 2.5
0.25 Nm).
N Insert corner hinge right/left (13) in the sash groove and fasten with the pre-installed countersunk screws M5 x 8.5 (torque 2.5
0.25 Nm).
> O Insert locking bolt (31) centrally on the BS and fix in place with grub screw (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
Frame
A For sashes weighing more than 100 kg, fasten the supporting piece (19) to the frame using countersunk screws M5 x 13 (18)
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
C
C
D
>E
>F
Final
installation
A
B
C
Making
adjustments
A Width adjustment:
continuous
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
continuous
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200
BS LM 4200/SV
BS LM 4200
Height adjustment:
D Pressure adjustment:
after removal of the top pressure piece from the bottom hinge (3)
using 4 mm hexagon socket screw in corner hinge (5) +1.5 / - 1 mm
using 4 mm hexagon socket screw in corner hinge right/left (13) +2/-1 mm
using eccentric locking cam
pressure piece AV (40) 0.5 mm
LMen1364
Page 5
Sash dimensions
LM 4200-D Sash dimensions
> S3 = a/2 - 134
5,2
10
10
3)
min. 93 3)
15
S2 = b2 - 195 2)
S2 = b2 - 161 1)
15/20 mm
21+1 mm
22 mm
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in sash
Hardware cavity
Rebate width
5,2
10
b (sash height)
72
R5
43
98
78
R5
5,2
Turn
position
14,5
23
15
11,5
Figure 2 2)
Figure 3 2)
20
min. 93
(BS LM 4200/SV)
(BS LM 4200)
3)
min. 96 3)
min. 4
3)
22
15
21 +1
S1 = b1 - 161 1)
(min. b/3)
Figure 1
1)
S1 = b1 - 195 2)
Locked
position
a (sash width)
LMen1364
Page 6
Frame dimensions
LM 4200-D
Frame dimensions
55 without MV
> 85 with MV
16,5
20 1)
4,21)
> centre
1)
from sash
weight
100 kg
min. 17,5
outer frame free
measurement
21 +1
10
> centre
3.3 to 4.3
3 to 3.5
1.5 to 2
95 without MV
> 66 with MV
10 to 14
19
1)
> centre
LMen1364
Page 7
Important information
LM 4200-D
Important information
Corrosive substances, dirt and moisture can damage the hardware and cause hazards.
Do not use acetic or acid cure sealants.
Do not use the hardware in environments where the air contains aggressive or corrosive components.
Keep the rebates free from deposits and dirt, especially from remnants of cement and plaster.
Keep the hardware dry.
Disclaimer of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the hardware (and to the windows and portal doors that are equipped
with these) resulting from insufficient tendering, failure to follow these assembly instructions or which result from force being
applied to the hardware (e.g. through improper use).
LMen1364
Page 8
LM 4200-K
Clampable tilt sash hardware for
aluminium windows
Further details and specifications/information
regarding the product and liability (guidelines: VHBH, TBDK and VHBE)
can be found in the aluminium planning manual (H4006.0125EN) and
must be observed.
4,5
1,4 - 1,6
15
15
Correct use
20
A0004
2
X 2)
Profile selection/alignment
Frame designs
90
22
0,8
21+1
35
361)
4 -0,2
4
7-12
A0022
>26
+0,2
4,3 -0,2
3,3
Operating
dimensions
min.rod
- max.
2,7 - 3,2
1,8
min. - max.
4,2 - 4,5
A0006
19 - 19,60
12 0,1
10 - 11
All dimensions in mm
1 Tilt only stay
Sash width
(a)
Sash height
(b)
Sash weight
( )
max. 30 kg
max. 50 kg
a 400 - 2400
Contents
Size ranges....................................................... Page 1
b 450 - 1200
LMen1367_3_2011-11/0
LMen1367
15 0,2
Assembly Instructions
14,5 -0,2
2,6
10 0,1
17,5
18 -0,2
3,5
14 0,1
LMen1367
Page 1
Hardware layout
LM 4200-K
10
Hardware layout
8
Commercially available
sky-light snapper
11
14
15
10
21
10
12
13
19
14
13
12
10 9
21
5 6 7
1a
3 20
6
7
5
16
17
1b
18
1a
1b
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
Handle LM
Window handle
Tilt only hinge LM 4200
Stay right
Stay left
Countersunk screw M5 x 13
Stop plate
Bolt
Tilt only stay LM
Barrier
Stop
Striker
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Striker
Slider
Coupling bracket
Cheese head screw M5 x 12
Coupling screw M6
ESG LM M6
Countersunk screw M5 x 35
Striker
Packer A0004
Handle support LM
LMen1367
Page 2
Hardware list
LM 4200-K
Hardware list
Quantit
y
1a
0...1
Handle LM
1b
0...1
Window handle
( 7 mm x 25, cam 10 mm)
2...31)
Silver
MMKB0020-525010
20
MMKB0020-525030
Brown
MMKB0020-533010
20
MMKB0020-533030
MMKB0020-503010
20
MMKB0020-503030
MMKB0020-504010
20
MMKB0020-504030
MMKB0020-523010
20
MMKB0020-523030
EV1
MMKB0020-524010
20
MMKB0020-524030
ESLG
MMKB0020-800010
20
MMKB0020-800030
Mill finish
MMKB0020-500010
20
MMKB0020-500030
Generally required
Item
3-7
Description
Material no.
Material no.
0...12)
AMFP0010-100010
AMFP0010-100120
0...12)
AMFP0020-100010
AMFP0020-100120
848876
50
239155
8-10
1...2
11
Striker
859322
20
265413
12-13
MMVS0330-100010
20
MMVS0330-100030
14-15
0...1
MMKL0060-100010
20
MMKL0060-100030
16-18
0...1
(a > 840)
MMGI0090-100010
20
MMGI0090-100030
19
0...1
Striker
859322
20
265413
20
0...2
Packer
For A0004
889220
200
303863
21
0...1
Handle support LM
200
See table
1)
2)
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
< 2 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
7 - 10 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
7 - 10 mm
> 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
12 mm
MFHA0030-100200
USH
1,5
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
7 x 25
LMen1367
Page 3
Jigs, abbreviations
LM 4200-K
Jigs, abbreviations
Description
Material no.
Jig LM EL LM-FP
Sash jig
158647
Jig LM EB LM-FP
Frame jig
158630
Required
See
tools
Jig LM EL LM-FP
894958
Abbreviations
VS
S3
S3
MV
FP
FP
MV
BS
Sash width
Sash height
BS
Hinge side
EV1
Anodised
ESLG
FP
MV
Centre lock
Nm
Torque in Nm
VS
Locking side
USH
Rebate height
S3
LMen1367
Page 4
Assembly instructions
LM 4200-K
Assembly instructions
Preparation
A
B
C
Sash
For gear LM
For gear LM
For gear LM
For gear LM
For gear LM
For gear LM
For gear LM
For gear LM
Frame
For aFB(sash
751width)
mm and
of 751
up, mm
make
and
punch
up, make
out forpunch
handle
outLM
for handle
(1a), window
LM (1a),handle
window
(1b)
handle
(see(1b
page
) (see
8).page 8).
Open the operating rod guiding groove.
Remove the rebate seal in the area through which the hinges pass and rework the sash
profiles
on page
page 8.
8.
profiles according
according to
to the
the specifications
specifications on
D
For
FB
1,021
mm
and
up,
rework
operating
rods
and S2 according
to specifications
on page 8.
D For a 1021 mm and up, rework operating rods S3S1according
to specifications
on page 8.
A Position tilt only stays LM (8) according to specification on page 9 and fix each in place with grub screws
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
a from 400 - 750 mm
Final
installation
A Push back the anti-lift device of the stop (10) (Figure 1).
B Insert pan head rivet of the tilt only stay LM (8) in the provided
guide (Figure 1).
Figure 1
Figure 2
LMen1367
Page 5
When being hinged into the frame, the unsecured sash frame can tilt
downwards suddenly and lead to serious bodily injury.
Always have two people present when hinging or unhinging the tilt sash.
All rules and regulations regarding job safety must always be observed when working above the
head, on ladders and at great heights.
1)
Packer (20)
Fastening plate
Preparation
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Bolt (7)
1.
5.
6.
7.
4.
6.
7.
Short stay arm
LMen1367
Page 6
Dimension X
Dimension X
LM 4200-K
Marking for
jig LM EB LM-FP
(Frame jig)
4,
Marking for
jig LM EB LM-FP
(Frame jig)
SW 2,5
Figure 1
Marking for
jig LM EB LM-FP
(Frame jig)
Anschlag
links
4,2
Marking for
jig LM EB LM-FP
(Frame jig)
Anschlag
rechts
Anschlag
links
EB LM-FP
EB LM-FP
Anschlag
rechts
Figure 2
12.
LMen1367
Page 7
Sash dimensions
LM 4200-K Sash dimensions
All dimensions (in mm) and
specifications for:
15/20 mm
21+1 mm
22 mm
10
S3 = a/2 - 4302) 4)
10
5,2
S3 = a/2 - 464 5)
S3 = a/2 - 464 5)
199 3)
199 1)
X + 5,5
30 5)
30 5)
43
5)
4,2
11,5
14,5
10
(1b)
23
2)
5,2
5,2
(1a)
98
78
X + 56,5
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in sash
Hardware cavity
Rebate width
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Sash height
Dimension X
602
b - 535
1090
b - 815
R5
15
b (sash height)
72
R5
min. 4 6)
20
21 +1
15
22
min. 16
min. 16
min. 93 6)
min. 93 6)
a (sash width)
LMen1367
Page 8
Frame dimensions
LM 4200-K
Frame dimensions
1)
2)
3)
4)
FB/2 - 63 2)
a/2 - 112 (1a or 1b) 4)
324 3)
364 3)
1)
X + 31
X + 31
3)
Anschlag
rechts
34
EB LM-FP
EB-LM-FP
Anschlag
links
X + 59
10 to 14 mm
21+1 mm
10 mm
4,2
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in frame
Hardware cavity
Groove axis
X + 76
Anschlag
links
Anschlag
rechts
10
min. 17,5
outer frame free
measurement
21 +1
10
Y
3.3 to 4.3
A0004
with Packer (20)
18
14
3 to 3.5
1.5 to 2
10 to 14
LMen1367
Page 9
Important information
LM 4200-K
Important information
Corrosive substances, dirt and moisture can damage the hardware and cause hazards.
Do not use acetic or acid cure sealants.
Do not use the hardware in environments where the air contains aggressive or corrosive components.
Keep the rebates free from deposits and dirt, especially from remnants of cement and plaster.
Keep the hardware dry.
Disclaimer of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the hardware (and to the windows and portal doors that are equipped
with these) resulting from insufficient tendering, failure to follow these assembly instructions or which result from force being
applied to the hardware (e.g. through improper use).
LMen1367
Page 10
LM 4200-K/ZV
The clampable tilt sash fitting for
aluminium windows
More details and specifications/guidelines
on the product and on liability (Guidelines: VHBH, TBDK
and VHBE) are to be checked without fail in the
Aluminium Specifiers Manual (H4006.0125DE).
4,5
1,4 - 1,6
15
15
Intended use
Profile selection/alignment
20
2
X 2)
90
22
21+1
18 -0,2
4
7-12
A0022
>26
+0,2
4,3 -0,2
3,3
Operating
dimensions
min.rod
- max.
min. - max.
2,7 - 3,2
1,8
4,2 - 4,5
A0006
19 - 19,60
12 0,1
10 - 11
1) On gearbox M6
2) Refer to table on page 3
All dimensions in mm
1 tilt sash stay
sash width
(a)
sash height
(b)
sash weight
( )
max. 40 kg
max. 100 kg
a 535 - 1600
Contents
b 500 - 2000
LMen1368_3_2011-09/0
LMen1368
15 0,2
Installation instructions
14,5 -0,2
2,6
10 0,1
17,5
14 0,1
3,5
0,8
35
361)
4 -0,2
LMen1368
Page 1
LM 4200-K/ZV
Fittings Layout
13
14
15
16
16
15
14 13
4
3
3
17
10
1a
11
1b
9
8
12
1a
1b
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
Handle LM
Window handle
Rebate hinge LM 4200
Striker
Slider
Corner drive VSU
Clamping piece
Coupling piece
Coupling bracket
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
LMen1368
Page 2
Beschlagliste
LM 4200-K/ZV
Pos.
Qty.
0...1
Handle LM
0...1
Window handle (
2...31)
Hardware list
Description
Material no.
Material no.
always necessary
silver
MMKB0020-525010
20
MMKB0020-525030
brown
MMKB0020-533010
20
MMKB0020-533030
MMKB0020-503010
20
MMKB0020-503030
MMKB0020-504010
20
MMKB0020-504030
MMKB0020-523010
20
MMKB0020-523030
EV1
MMKB0020-524010
20
MMKB0020-524030
ESLG
MMKB0020-800010
20
MMKB0020-800030
mill
MMKB0020-500010
20
MMKB0020-500030
MMZV0030-100010
20
MMZV0030-100030
3-7
8-9
0...1
for 1a
MMKL0060-100010
20
MMKL0060-100030
10-12
0...1
MMGI0090-100010
20
MMGI0090-100030
13-15
1...2
848876
50
239155
16
1...2
Drive rod
848913
20
239162
17
0...1
Handle support LM
200
see table
1) from a 1201 mm it is recommended to use an additional turn and rebate hinge LM 4200 as MV
2
X
< 7 mm
X
7,1 - 8,5 mm
7 - 10 mm
< 2 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
7 - 10 mm
2,1 - 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
7 - 10 mm
> 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
12 mm
MFHA0030-100200
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
USH
1,5
LMen1368
Page 3
Anschlaghilfen, Abkrzungen
LM 4200-K/ZV
S2
LMgb1200
Abbreviations
S3
S3
S3
MV
S4
MV
tools
MV
VS
S1
b2
VSO
Necessary
MV
BS
BS
a
b
hinge side
sash width
sash height
handle position
MV
centre lock
VS
locking side
VSO
S1
S2
S3
S4
LMen1368
Page 4
LM 4200-K/ZV
Installation Instructions
Installation Instructions
Preparation
on page 6
D Prepare the drive rods S1 and S4 according to the details on page 6.
For LM gears
For LM gears
For LM gears
C
D
E
H
I
For LM gears
Sash
A
B
C
D
For LM gears
For LM gears
Frame
Position strikers (3) as specified on page 7 and clamp each with grub screws (threaded pins)
(Torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
C Laterally align sash. Open sash and tighten the cylinder-head screws on the top hinge (Torque 2,5 0,25 Nm).
D Check window for operation.
E If necessary, adjust the closing pressure using the eccentric locking cams.
Hanging
the tilt stay
Figure 2
LMen1368
Page 5
Flgelmae
LM 4200-K/ZV
Sash Dimensions
S3 = a/2 - 71
S3 = a/2 - 71
10
10
5,2
108
108
10
aluminium windows
euro groove in sash
fitting cavity
over rebate width
15/20 mm
21+1 mm
22 mm
X
5,2
S4 = b/2 - 258
S2 = b2 - 235 2)
S2 = b2 - 200 1)
5,2
10
R5
72
43
98
78
b (sash height)
R5
5,2
Tilt
23
11,5
Figure 1
1)
15
Figure 2 2)
Figure 3
20
2)
15
22
S1 = 35 2)
Closed
21 +1
14,5
min. 4
3)
min. 16
min. 16
min. 93 3)
a (sash width)
min. 93 3)
LMen1368
Page 6
1) Bearbeitungsmae
fr Hebel LM (1a) (Bild 1).
2) Bearbeitungsmae fr
Fenstergriff (1b)
(Bild 2 und 3).
Rahmenmae
LM 4200-K/ZV
Frame Dimensions
a/2+20
Tilt sash stay
125
85
329
aluminium windows
euro groove in frame
fitting cavity
groove axis
10 to 14 mm
21+1 mm
10 mm
centre
(from FH 1200)
min. 17,5
outer frame free
measurement
3,3 to 4,3
3 to 3,5
1,5 to 2
21 +1
10
10 to 14
LMen1368
Page 7
Wichtige Hinweise
LM 4200-K/ZV
Important notes
Disclaimer of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the fittings (as well as the windows and portal doors that are equipped
with them) resulting from insufficient maintenance, failure to follow these installation instructions or which result from force being
applied to the fittings (e.g. through improper use).
Feedback on documentation
We are always happy to receive comments and suggestions for the improvement of our documentation.
Please e-mail us your comments to dokumentation@siegenia-aubi.com.
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG - Beschlag- und Lftungstechnik
Postfach 10 05 51 - D-57005 Siegen
Telefon +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
LMen1368
Page 8
ALU axxent-DK/TBT
Concealed tilt sash hardware for aluminium windows and window frames
Intended use
Profile selection/alignment
Frame designs
A0004
A0006
4 -0,2
4)
4,3 -0,2
2
5
10 0,1
18 -0,2
14,5 -0,2
4)
+0,2
3,3
Sash width 1)
Sash height
1)
Opening limit
H48.axntLS002en_0_ 2014-06/0
Sash weight
(a)
(b)
(
1)
( )
) max. 110
max. 130 kg
Table of Contents
Size ranges ................................................................ page 1
Hardware list and assembly instructions (DK)......... page 2
Important information................................................ page 3
Hardware list and assembly instructions (DK) ......... page 4
Limit stay and assembly instructions.............................. page 5
Diagram and abbreviations..................................... page 6
Hardware overview and installation dimensions (DK) ..page 7
Hardware overview and installation dimensions (DK) ..page 8
Hardware overview and installation dimensions (DK) .. page 9
Mounting accessories, BS axxent, right/left 130 kg......page 10
Punching and profile machining axxent....................... page 11
Hardware overview and installation dimensions (TBT) .page 12
Hardware overview and installation dimensions (TBT) .page 13
Hardware overview and installation dimensions (TBT) .page 14
Assembly of the hardware components to the
hinge side, top and hinge side, bottom ............... ...page 15
Compression and adjustment.......................................page 16
Hardware list and assembly instructions (TBT) ........page 17
Function notes for handle, LM lockable (TBT) ........ page 18
Hardware list and assembly instructions (TBT) ....... page 19
Disassembly of axxent stay...................................... page 20
H48.axntLS002en
All dimensions in mm
10 - 11
Assembly instructions
15 0,2
2,6
12 0,1
19 - 19,60
4,2 - 4,5
Pushmin.
rod dimensions
- max.
min. - max.
1,8
2,7 - 3,2
A0022
3,5
14 0,1
H48.axntLS002en
Page 1
ALU axxent-DK
No.
Piece
Description
14-20
21-22
0...1
24-26
0...1
Material no.
Material no.
MMVS0310-100010
20
MMVS0310-100030
MMKL0060-100010
20
MMKL0060-100030
MMGI0090-100010
20
MMGI0090-100030
Handle support LM
(1a)
200
Accessories
39
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
-
H48.axntLS002en
page 2
Important information
Overstrain
Bearing components can break if they are exposed to excessive strain. If this happens, the window sash may fall out, leading
to serious injuries.
If the hinge parts are likely to be subject to excessive strain under certain conditions (use in schools, nursery schools, etc.),
appropriate measures must be taken to prevent this from happening, such as using turning locks or tilt-before-turn
opening types (TBT).
If in any doubt, please contact your SIEGENIA sales consultant.
Attach the user information sticker, order no. 05083, to the installed window or door element so that it can be seen easily.
Provide the user with the following documents:
- Maintenance and cleaning instructions, order no. 15750
- Operating instructions, order no. 05766
Exclusion of liability
We assume no liability for malfunctions and damage to the hardware, or to the windows and French doors equipped with
the hardware, where such malfunctions and damage are the result of insufficient tendering information, failure to follow these
installation instructions or forceful impact (e.g. due to improper use).
H48.axntLS002en
page 3
Piece
Description
1a
0...1
0...1
Handle Si-line LM /
Handle LM Globe (without illustration)
1b
0...1
0...1
Window handle
2-8
2-9
10-13
14-20
7mm x 25 mm
VS LM-DK KPS
< 100 kg
Material no.
Material no.
MMBS0191-100010
10
MMBS0191-100020
Size ranges
MMBS0192-100010
10
MMBS0192-100020
see page 6
MMBS0171-100010
10
MMBS0171-100020
MMBS0172-100010
10
MMBS0172-100020
MMSZ0010-100010
20
MMSZ0010-100030
a >1250 mm
(> 100 kg a >1020 mm)
MMVS0250-100010
20
MMVS0250-100030
(1a)
(1a)
(1a)
(1b)
MMKL0030-100010
20
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100010
20
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100010
20
MMKL0040-100030
MMGI0080-100010
20
MMGI0080-100030
a >1250 mm
b >250 mm
857045
20
246979
MV LM VS/BS A0040
MMMV0030-100010
20
MMMV0030-100030
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
24-26
0...1
0...1
27-29
MV LM 4200-DK
30-34
21-23
9 MM
10 MM
USH 12 MM
Accessories
35 - 39
42
43 - 47
a 600 mm - 1000 mm
MSBR0010-000011
50
MSBR0010-000051
a 1001 mm - 1600 mm
MSBR0120-100010
50
MSBR0120-100050
MARB0030-023010
MZBS0061-100010
10
MZBS0061-100020
MZBS0062-100010
10
MZBS0062-100020
1) Contents of the packing unit: BSO A0040 mounting bracket (43), countersunk screws M5 x 13 (44), BSU A0040 right/left frame part
(45), BSU A0040 rod (46) and BSU A0040 right/left sash part. (47).
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
8.5 mm
7.5 mm
7 mm
MMKL0030-100030
7 - 10 mm
MMKL0040-100030
Z
12 mm
MMKL0010-100030
7 - 10
12
H48.axntLS002en
Page 4
Opening angle
90
(Measurements in mm)
145
215
(a 1001 - 1600)
35-39
37-41
Assembly of the limit stay LM on the hinge side at the bottom (BSU)
WARNING
140
Sashbrake ALU long
35-39
37-41
140
Turn window sash into the end position of the limit stay LM
WARNING
H48.axntLS002en
Page 5
ALU axxent-DK/TBT
Diagram 130 kg for determining the permissible sash sizes; abbreviations
Glass thickness in mm without air gap
28
2400
kg/m2
kg/m2
24
20
(16)
2200
)
2000
(16)
ick
n
ei
mm
Example (
):Sash height = 1800 mm
glass thickness
= 24 mm
permissible
sash width
= 1205 mm
1800
asd
Gl
Flgelhhe (b) in mm
1600
20
24
1400
28
1200
1000
Gr. 2S
800
700
Gr. 1
1600
1400
1205
1250
1020
800
For glass thickness of less than 16 mm, all sash sizes that lie within the
size range and which do not exceed an aspect ratio a/b of 1.5 are
permissible.
620
700
450
550
Flgelbreite (a) in mm
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used in these installation instructions:
AV
BS
BSO
BSU
a
b
b1
b2
ESG
FBS-G
FBS-EUL
MV
Nm
SV
SW
TBT
VS
VSO
VSU
USH
Compression setting
Hinge side
Hinge side, top
Hinge side, bottom
Sash width
Sash height
Handle height, bottom
Handle height, top
routed-in drive gear
Tilt only safety stay on handle
Mishandling device in the corner drive
Centre lock
Torque in Nm
Side adjustment
Wrench size
Tilt Before Turn
Locking side
Locking side, top
Locking side, bottom
Rebate height
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
H48.axntLS002en
Page 6
Installing the hardware components on the hinge side at the top and bottom
ALU axxent-DK Hardware overview and installation dimensions
118
14
15
1,5 Nm
2,5
S2 = b2 - 204
S2 = b2 - 238
1)
2)
5,2
10
1,5 Nm
2,5
16
Coupling setLM
LMA0156
A0156
Kupplungsset
1)
24
22
21
Gear set M6
M6 2)
Getriebeset
25
39
26
2)
S1 = b1 - 161
S1 = b1 - 195
(b 1250)
2,75 Nm
PZ 2
2,5 Nm
PZ 2
17
18
20
45
1,5 Nm
2,5
b1 + 28 1)
b1 + 76 2)
1)
2,5 Nm
4
19
1,5 Nm
2,5
H48.axntLS002en
Page 7
pict.1
1)
pict.
H48.axntLS002en
Page 8
sz.
sz.
35
2)
36 37
pict.3
38
Sz. 1S
39
Sequence with MV
Sequence without MV
pict.4 2)
stay sz. S
stay sz. S
44
43
cam
H48.axntLS002en
Page 9
45
46
47
ALU axxent-DK/TBT
43
44
42
Fig. 1
Fixing the BSU A0040 right/left frame part
5. Insert frame part BSU A0040 right/left (45) into the frame groove
and position it on the axxent bottom hinge as shown in the diagram (fig. 2).
45
6. Tighten the grub screws of frame part BSU A0040 right/left (45) with
2.5 0.25 Nm torque.
Fig. 2
Installing the BSU A0040 rod into the sash and frame (without the glass)
7. Insert sash part BSU A0040 right/left (47) into the sash groove and
secure it (fig. 3).
8. Fit sash and open sash.
9. Insert the BSU A0040 rod (46) into the BSU A0040 right/left frame part
2,5 0,25 Nm
2,5
47
2
47
46
right/left (47), reduce the play of the BSU rod (46) (fig. 4).
Note a: Make sure that the BSU A0040 rod (46) has no
190
12.By adjusting the grub screw in the sash part BSU A0040
perceptible play.
Note b: If the tension of the BSU A0040 rod (46) is too high,
45
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
H48.axntLS002en
page 10
Punch axxent
Material no.
MART0010-000010
CSuttin
20
chnig ed
ttkange
te
20
A0006
BSO
10
12,2
A0022
BSU
20
12
12,2
H48.axntLS002en
Page 11
Installing the hardware components on the hinge side at the top and bottom
ALU axxent-TBT
Gear set M6
H48.axntLS002en
Page 12
17
20
19
18
23
32
17
16
15
21
22
ALU axxent-TBT
29
24
12
25
pict.1
13
1a
14
pict.
31
sz.
H48.axntLS002en
page 13
30
10
11
31
26
27
15
16
sz.
37
ALU axxent-TBT
38 39
40
28
1b
41
Sequence with MV
Sequence without MV
pict.4
Installation sequence
Do not use a hammer
to insert
the hardware.
pict.3
stay sz. 1S
stay sz. 2S
cam
6
36
44
43
33
35
32
34
H48.axntLS002en
page 14
45
46
47
Installing the hardware components on the hinge side at the top and bottom
ALU axxent-DK/TBT
Installing the hardware components on the hinge side at the top and bottom
Assembly of axxent stay DK/TBT right/left size 1-2 (4) and axxent guide size 1-2 (5),
axxent sash hinge right/left (3) and axxent bottom hinge right/left (2).2)
Observe the appropriate sequence (a-b) when tightening the grub screws!
2,5 Nm
2,5
1)
2,5 Nm
2,5
325 stay
sz.Gr.
1S 1
Schere
408
sz. Gr.
2S 2S
408 stay
Schere
rr
Description
BS axxent jig
2,5 Nm
2,5
MAEW0010-000010
requires 1 piece
Material no.
x
2
2,5 Nm
2,5
RE
6
8
15
13
3
14
7
DK
8
13
15
14
TBT
10
11
12
H48.axntLS002en
Page 15
+90
-1
1
-1
ca. 4 Nm
11
+1
+1
-90
WARNING
There is a risk of injury if the window sash falls out.
- Turn the adjusting screws only in the direction shown.
PH2
li.
H48.axntLS002en
page 16
No.
Piece
Description
Material no.
Material no.
14-20
MMVS0320-100010
20
MMVS0320-100030
23-24
MMKL0060-100010
20
MMKL0060-100030
26-28
Gear set M6
(1a)
(1b)
MMGI0050-100010
20
MMGI0050-100030
Handle support LM
(1a)
200
Accessories
41
0...1
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
-
H48.axntLS002en
page 17
Tilt position
Locked position
Locked position
Tilt position
Locked position
H48.axntLS002en
page 18
Piece
Description
Material no.
1a
0...1
0...1
1b
0...1
0...1
10-13
14
Stay striker MV
VS LM-TBT KPS1)
2-9
15-22
< 100 kg
Size ranges
see page 6
a >1250 mm
(> 100 kg a >1020 mm)
a >1250 mm
(> 100 kg a >1020 mm)
MMBS0201-100010
10
MMBS0201-100020
MMBS0202-100010
10
MMBS0202-100020
MMBS0181-100010
10
MMBS0181-100020
MMBS0182-100010
10
MMBS0182-100020
MMSZ0010-100010
20
MMSZ0010-100030
MXSK0010-100010
20
MXSK0010-100030
MMVS0270-100010
20
MMVS0270-100030
(1a)
(1a)
(1a)
(1b)
MMKL0030-100010
20
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100010
20
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100010
20
MMKL0040-100030
MMGI0080-100010
20
MMGI0080-100030
a >1250 mm
b >1250 mm
857045
20
246979
MV LM VS/BS A0040
MMMV0030-100010
20
MMMV0030-100030
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
26-28
0...1
0...1
29-31
MV LM 4200-DK
32-36
23-25
7 mm x 25 mm cam dia.10mm
2-8
Material no.
9 MM
10 MM
USH 12 MM
Accessories
37- 41
42
43-47
a 600 mm - 1000 mm
MSBR0010-000011
50
MSBR0010-000051
a 1001 mm - 1600 mm
MSBR0120-100010
50
MSBR0120-100050
MARB0030-023010
MZBS0061-100010
10
MZBS0061-100020
MZBS0062-100010
10
MZBS0062-100020
1)Contents of the packing unit: BSO A0040 mounting bracket (43), countersunk screws M5 x 13 (44), BSU A0040 right/left frame part
(45), BSU A0040 rod (46) and BSU A0040 right/left sash part. (47).
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
8.5 mm
7.5 mm
7 mm
MMKL0030-100030
7 - 10 mm
MMKL0040-100030
Z
12 mm
MMKL0010-100030
7 - 10
12
H48.axntLS002en
page 19
ALU axxent-DK/TBT
Disassembly of axxent DK/TBT right stay size 1-2 (4) and axxent guide part size 1-2 (5)
Observe the steps for positioning 1
- 8
1)
DK
b2
TBT
DK
TBT
20 2)
A0006
A0022
10
12,2 2)
BSO
12
12,2 2)
BSU
20 2)
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3, 57234 Wilnsdorf
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.axntLS002en
page 20
ALU axxent-D/DS
Concealed hardware for
aluminium windows and French doors
Always check the planning manual on aluminium
(H4006.3042EN) for further details and specifications/information
regarding the product and liability
(guidelines: VHBH, TBDK and VHBE).
All dimensions given are final dimensions after the surface of the sections
has been treated e.g. painted, powder coated, etc.
4,5
< 9,5 2)
< 10,5
15
20
X 3)
Intended use
Profile selection/alignment/Frame designs
A0004
A0006 5)
4 -0,2
35
14,5 -0,2
17,5 4)
18 -0,2
22
21 +1
5
10 0,1
3,5
14 0,1
3,5
7-12
>26
A0022 5)
2,7 - 3,2
1,8
4,2 - 4,5
+0,2
3,3
19 - 19,60
10 - 11
15 0,2
2,6
12 0,1
Sash width
(a)
Sash height
(b)
Opening limit
Sash weight
( )
max. 110
H48.axxentLS003en
b 2000
a 1600
b 2400
a/b 1,5
a 1300
06.2014
Assembly instructions
All dimensions in mm
b 2400
H48.axxentLS003en/0
36 2)
4,3 -0,2
a 1250
a 1250
H48.axxentLS003en
Page 1
Important information
SS
ALU axxent-D/DS
Important information
Corrosive materials, dirt and moisture may damage hardware components and cause hazards.
Do not use acetic or acid-releasing sealants.
Do not use the hardware components in environments where the air contains aggressive or corrosive components.
Keep all rebates free of debris and dirt, especially cement and plaster residue.
Keep the hardware dry.
Exclusion of liability
We assume no liability for malfunctions and damage to the hardware, or to the windows and French doors equipped with
the hardware, where such malfunctions and damage are the result of insufficient tendering information, failure to follow
these assembly instructions or forceful impact (e.g. due to improper use and handling).
H48.axntLS003en
Page 2
No.
Pc.
Description
1a
0...1
1b
0...1
Window handle
2-3
BS axxent-D
MMBS0110-100010
10
MMBS0110-100020
7 mm x 25 mm
Material no.
Material no.
4-8
VS LM-D
MMVS0240-100010
20
MMVS0240-100030
9-10
0...1
MMKL0060-100010
20
MMKL0060-100030
11-13
0...1
MMGI0090-100010
20
MMGI0090-100030
857052
20
246986
MSBR0120-100010
20
MSBR0120-100050
22-26
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
17-21
MV LM 4200/2200-D VSU/VSO
b 1250 mm
a 1250 mm
LM handle support 1)
(1a)
200
(see table)
a 600 mm - 1000 mm
MSBR0010-000011
50
MSBR0010-000051
a 1001 mm - 1600 mm
MSBR0120-100010
50
MSBR0120-100050
MAEW0010-000010
Accessories
22
23-27
no illus.
2 1)
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
7 - 10 mm
12 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
-
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0030-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
-
USH
1,5 1)
7 - 10
1) Required space
2) See page 5 for the assembly instructions of the LM limit stay
20
12
MFHA0030-100200
Material description
Material no.
A0006
BSO
Punch axxent
MART0010-000010
10
12,2
A0022
BSU
Cutti
ng ed
20
ge
12
12,2
H48.axntLS003en
Page 3
Adjustment options
ALU axxent-D/DS Adjustment options for axxent-D bottom hinges
Adjusting the bottom hinge
There is a risk of injury if the window sash
falls out.
- Only turn adjusting screws indirection shown.
Right
axxent-D
bottom
Ecklager
axxent-D
re. hinge
Left axxent-D
hinge
Ecklagerbottom
axxent-D
li.
+2 mm
4
+2 mm
20,5 mm
20,5 mm
Left axxent-D
hinge
Ecklager bottom
axxent-D
re.
Right
axxent-D
bottom
Ecklager
axxent-D
li. hinge
+2 mm
+2 mm
4
+2 mm
+2 mm
20,5 mm
20,5 mm
H48.axntLS003en
Page 4
Adjustment options
b > 1250
+1 mm
VS
-D
LM
+1 mm
2
-1 mm
S
M-D/D
MV L
10
KuLM
ppl A
un0g15
ss6eco
t LuM
pl
iA
ng
01se5t
NOTE
Opening angle
90
(Measurements in mm)
145
215
(a 1001 - 1600)
140
140
H48.axntLS003en
Page 5
28
2400
24
16
20
2000
b (in mm)
1800 mm
24 mm
28
1000
1600
400
500
1500
925 mm
1300
sash height
=
glass thickness =
permissible
sash width
=
12
20
24
925
1000
):
1500
750
Example (
16
m
in m
a (in mm)
Abbreviations
These assembly instructions contain
the following abbreviations:
AV
BS
BSO
BSU
a
a1
a2
b
b1
b2
D
DK
DN
DS
ESG
FBS-G
MV
Nm
SV
SW
VS
VSO
VSU
USH
Compression adjustment
Hinge side
Hinge side, top
Hinge side bottom
Sash width
Sash width of main sash
Sash width of secondary sash
Sash height
Handle height, bottom
Handle height, top
Turn only sash
Tilt and turn
Turn only sash groove
Turning secondary sash
Routed-in drive gear
Mishandling device on handle
Centre lock
Torque in Nm
Side adjustment
Width across flat
Locking side
Locking side, top
Locking side, bottom
Rebate height
S1
S2
S3
S5
S6
S7
S8
H48.axntLS003en
Page 6
Sequence without MV
Sequence with MV
Cam
Pict. 4
Pict. 2
Pict. 1
Pict. 3
H48.axntLS003en
page 7
H48.axntLS003en
page 8
Installing the hardware components on the hinge side at the top and bottom
ALU axxent-D
Installation procedure
Preparation
1. Check whether the adjusting piece on the bottom hinge is in the home position
(see figure "Home position for adjusting piece").
2. If necessary move adjusting piece to home position.
Note: The bottom hinges cannot be adjusted if the adjusting pieces are not
in the home position during installation.
2,5
falls out!
d
90
RE
H48.axntLS003en
Page 9
Installation procedure
3. Slide in the window sash at the hinge side, bottom (BSU) (f)
and hinge side, top (BSO) (g).
e
Attach the window sash to the bottom hinges
Tilting the loose window may cause the
bottom hinges to break.
2,5
falls out!
- The first person prevents the window sash from tilting
1. The second person attaches the bottom hinges using the grub screws.
2. Tighten all grub screws (h, i) with a torque of 2.5 Nm.
2,5
H48.axntLS003en
Page 10
a2 - 48
1,5 Nm
2,5
1
2
a2
400 - 1250
S7 = b - (b1 - 73)
b 680 - 2400
a1
450 - 1250
7
175
A-A
32 - 37
12,5
14
1,5 Nm
2,5
2,5 Nm
B5
b1 375
S6 = b1 - 275
21+1
3
19 - 19,60
10
2
1,5 Nm
2,5
a1
a2 - 48
H48.axntLS003en
Page 11
a2 - 27
1,5 Nm
1,5
1,5 Nm
1,5
10
11
a2
400 - 1250
13
14,5
105
2)
1,5 Nm
2,5
14,5
b1 + 230
12
13
X
X
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
S6 = b1 - 345
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
a1
450 - 1250
150 1) 3)
12
S7 = b - (b1 + 44)
a1
450 - 1250
S7 = b - (b1 + 420)
(> 30)
a2
400 - 1250
b 680 - 2400 2)
b 810 - 2400 1) 3)
b 830 - 2400
a2 - 27
VS ALU axxent-DS/A
209
11
14
15
10
16
1,5 Nm
1,5
a2 - 57
a2 - 57
8
1,5 Nm
1,5
1)
2)
3)
a1
Coupling set FBS-G
Coupling set LM A0156
Gear set M6
H48.axntLS003en
Page 12
a2 - 20
1,5 Nm
1,5
1,5 Nm
1,5
b 1000 - 2400 2)
13
a1
450 - 1250
14
15
16
S8 = b2 - 440
a2
400 - 1250
17
S7 = b2 - 80
a2
400 - 1250
b 1000 - 2400 1)
a2 - 20
a1
450 - 1250
(5)
10
150
17,5
C
11
PZ-D1
19
14
21
9
1,5 Nm
1,5
a2 - 3
a2 - 3
12
18
20
S6 = b1 - 370
1,5 Nm
1,5
a1
1) Position 1 to 12
2) Position 13 to 21
H48.axntLS003en
Page 13
38
Pict. 1
(Size 2S)
H48.axntLS003en
Page 14
Pict. 2
33
Pict. 3
34 35
36
Cam
37
Sequence with MV
Sequence without MV
Pict. 4
Size 2S
40
42
43
44
H48.axntLS003en
Page 15
Pc.
1-10
VS LM 4200-DS A0109
BS axxent-D
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
Description
b 1250 mm
Material no.
Material no.
879368
20
266885
MMBS0110-100010
10
MMBS0110-100020
857052
20
246986
Assembly instructions
Preparation
A
B
C
D
Sash
A Insert locking bolt (3), operating rod S6, secondary sash gear (4), operating rod S7 and locking bolt (3)
vertically on the VS.
B Position secondary sash gear (4) and fix with grub screws (torque 2.50.25 Nm).
C Position the secondary sash profile and fix it in place.
D Screw on compression spring (5), PVC bushing (6) and handle (7) with countersunk screw M4 x 16 (8)
according to specifications on page 11.
Frame
A Position strikers DS (1 and 10) DIN right or DIN left according to the specifications on page 11
and fix in place with grub screws (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
B Insert pressure pieces (2) into the strikers DS (1 and 10) according to the diagram on page 11.
1,3
X
X
2,3
10
H48.axntLS003en
Page 16
Pc.
Description
VS LM-DS/A
A0026
VS LM-DS/A
A0006
9-16
VS LM-DS/K
BS axxent-D
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
1-8
Material no.
Material no.
secondary sash
secondary sash
864425
20
252192
860823
20
249321
secondary sash
860830
20
249338
MMBS0110-100010
10
MMBS0110-100020
857052
20
246986
(b 1250 mm)
Assembly instructions
A Open the operating rod guide groove.
B Prepare operating rods S6 S7 according to specifications on page 12.
C Insert run-up block (6/14) horizontally on the VSU.
Preparation
Sash
VS LM-DS/A
A Place the stop (5) DIN right or DIN left onto the secondary sash gear (4).
B Insert shoot bolt (3) with operating rod S6 and operating rod S7 with shoot bolt (3) vertically on the VSO.
C Attach the secondary sash gear (4) to the operating rods S6 and S7 and fix in place with countersunk screw
(torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
VS LM-DS/K
A Slide in shoot bolt (11) with locking element (12) vertically on the VSU. Position clamping piece (13) according
to the dimensions on page 12 and fix in place with grub screw (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
B Slide in locking part (12), operating rod S7 and shoot bolt (11) vertically on the VSO.
Position clamping piece (13) according to the dimensions on page 12 and fix in place with grub screw
(torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
Frame
A Position strikers DS (1/9 and 8/16) DIN right or DIN left with run up block TBT (7/15) according to the
specifications on page 12 and fix in place with grub screws (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
B Insert pressure pieces (2/10) into the strikers DS (1/9 and 8/16) according to the diagram on page 12.
B-B
Z.1
Version A0026
10
15
4,5
4,3
1,8
21 +1
Zweitflgels
fr locking
GrooveNut for
partsSchlieteile
of the first sash
des Erstflgels
4,3
fr bolt
Groove forNut
shoot
Kantenriegel
of the second
sashdes
1,8
15
10
Z.2
Version A0006
4,5
H48.axntLS003en
Page 17
Pc.
Description
1-9
10-12
13-21
VS LM-DS/K A0004
BS axxent-D
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
Material no.
1
MMVS380-100010
20
MMVS380-100030
MMGI0100-100010
20
MMGI0100-100030
MMVS390-100010
20
MMVS390-100030
MMBS0110-100010
10
MMBS0110-100020
857052
20
246986
(see below)
879504
Secondary sash
Secondary sash
Secondary sash
(b 1250 mm)
Material no.
Assembly instructions
Preparation
Sash profile
section D - D
A Insert shoot bolt LM VSU/DN A0004 Z5.0 (7) with attached striker E (6) and operating rod S6
into the secondary sash profile from below.
B Insert shoot bolt LM VSO/DN A0004 Z5.0 (3) and operating rod S7 (for locking element (5), operating rod
S8) with attached striker VSO (4) into the secondary sash profile from above.
C Place the stop (12) DIN right or DIN left onto the secondary sash gear DN (11).
D Attach the secondary sash gear DN (11) to the operating rods S6 and S7 and fix in place with taps
3.9 x 32 (10) (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
E Insert shoot bolt LM VSU A0004 (19) with attached striker E (18) into the secondary sash profile from below.
F Insert shoot bolt LM VSO A0004 (15) with attached striker VSO (16), operating rod S8 and and locking
element (17) into the secondary sash profile from above.
G Position striker E (6/18) with striker jig LM and fix in place with grub screws M5
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm) (Fig. 1).
H Position striker VSO (4/16) with striker jig LM and fix in place with grub screws M5.
(Torque 2.5 0.25 Nm) (Fig. 2).
Gear set DN
(D-D)
Sash profile
section C - C
Frame
Position tilt locking part (9/21) and top striker (1/13) according to the specifications on page 13 and fix
each in place with grub screw M5 (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
Profile recommendation
D-D
C-C
1/13
71
2/14
21+1
14
9/21
18
2/14
14
Fig. 2
18
2,5 Nm
2,5
21+1
50
2,5 Nm
2,5
Fig. 1
For hardware overview, see page 13.
H48.axntLS003en
Page 18
Description
Material no.
LH
RH
1a
0...1
0...1
7 mm x 25 mm
Cam 10mm
Material no.
1b
0...1
0...1
2-9
MMBS0171-100010
10
MMBS0172-100010
10
MMBS0172-100020
10-18
MMVS0410-100010
10
MMVS0410-100030
19-21
0...1
0...1
MMGI0090-100030
22-24
0...1
0...1
MV LM 4200-DK
25-29
0...1
0...1
MV LM VS/BS A0040
30-32
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
33-37
0...1
MMBS0171-100020
MMGI0090-100010
20
857045
20
246979
MMMV0030-100010
20
MMMV0030-100030
LM locking part
a 1250 mm
b 1250 mm
a 1250 mm
10
317556
a 600 mm - 1000 mm
MSBR0010-000011
50
MSBR0010-000051
a 1001 mm - 1600 mm
MSBR0010-000010
50
MSBR0010-000050
200
MARB0030-023010
MZBS0061-100010
10
MZBS0061-100020
MZBS0062-100010
10
MZBS0062-100020
LM handle support
38
0...1
39
40-44
1)
Pc.
Contents of the packing unit: BSO A0040 supporting piece (40), countersunk screws M5 x 13 (41),
BSU A0040 right/left frame part (42), BSU A0040 rod (43) and BSU A0040 right/left frame part (44) (see page 20).
Note: For assembly and disassembly, compression settings and adjustment options, see H48.axntLS002en in the aluminium planning manual.
28
2400
24
16
20
2000
in
Example (
):
sash height
=
glass thickness =
permissible
sash width
=
mm
1500
b (in mm)
20
1800 mm
24 mm
1205 mm
1000
1600
1205
1000
620
700
a (in mm)
H48.axntLS003em
Page 19
1. Insert the BS axxent 130 kg jig (39) on loosened stay, as shown in the
adjacent diagram (fig. 1).
2. Drill holes with 4.2 for the BSO A0040 supporting piece (39).
41
3. Insert the BSO A0040 supporting piece (40) into the frame groove,
position it on the stay and fix it in place with M5 x 13 countersunk screws (41).
4. Tighten the M5 x 13 countersunk screws (41) with 2.5 0.25 Nm.
39
Fig. 1
Fixing the BSU A0040 right/left frame part
1. Insert BSU A0040 right/left frame part (42) into the frame groove
and position it on the axxent bottom hinge as shown in the adjacent diagram (fig. 2).
42
2. Tighten the grub screws of the BSU A0040 right/left frame part (42) with 2.5 0.25 Nm.
Fig. 2
Installing the BSU A0040 rod into the sash and frame (without the glass)
1. Insert BSU A0040 right/left sash part (44) into the sash groove and secure it (fig. 3).
2. Hang the sash (P 2 10) and open it.
3. Insert the BSU A0040 rod (43) into the BSU A0040 right/left frame part. (42)
(fig. 4).
2,5 0,25 Nm
2,5
44
2
44
4. Insert the BSU A0040 rod (43) into the BSU A0040 right/left sash part (44)
(fig. 4).
5. Position the BSU A0040 right/left sash part (44) as shown
(fig. 3) and fix in place with 2.5 0.25 Nm.
43
6. Adjust the grub screw in the BSU A0040 right/left sash part (44)
190
Note b: If the tension of the BSU A0040 rod (43) is too high,
42
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3, 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.axntLS003en
Page 20
LM 2200
15
20
8,5
A0006
4 -0,2
4,3
-0,2
10
18 -0,2
14,5
-0,2
3,5
A0022
7-10
+0,2
2,7 - 3,2
19 - 19,60
4,2 - 4,5
min. - max.
1,8
5
35
0,1
17,5
14 0,1
22
21 +1
3,5
15
10 - 11
0,2
2,6
12 0,1
(a)
Sash height
(b)
Sash weight
( )
max. 80 kg
b 2000
b 2400
a 1300
2013-02
a/b 1,5
a 1250
a 1250
a 1600
H48.2200LS001en
Sash width
Assembly Instructions
All dimensions in mm
b 2400
H48.2200LS001en_1_2013-02
3,3
4,5
H48.2200LS001en
Page 1
Generally required
LM 2200-DK
Item
Qty
LM Globe handle
2-12
BS LM 2200
13
Description
Material no.
Material no.
Silver
MMBS0060-525010
10
MMBS0060-525020
Brown
MMBS0060-533010
10
MMBS0060-533020
White
RAL 9016
MMBS0060-504010
10
MMBS0060-504020
Black
RAL 9005
MMBS0060-523010
10
MMBS0060-523020
Mill finish
10
MMBS0060-500020
Size
20
a (in mm)
375
600
MSKK0010-000010
20
MSKK0010-000030
35
601 1,250
MSKK0210-000010
20
MSKK0210-000030
1251 1,600
MSKK0210-000010
20
MSKK0210-000030
857076
10
247006
Stay LM 2200
351)
a 1,250 mm + stay 35
14-17
18-25
VS LM-DK KPS
MMVS0250-100010
20
MMVS0250-100030
26-28
MMKL0030-100010
20
MMKL0030-100030
29-31
MV LM 4200-DK
a/b 1,250 mm
857045
20
246979
29-31
MV LM4200/2200-DK A0172
MMMV0010-100010
20
MMMV0010-100030
32
MV stay striker
(a 601 1,600)
MXSK0010-100010
20
MXSK0010-100030
33
(a 601 1,250)
MXSK0030-000010
200
MXSK0030-000200
34
MBDR0021-100010
100
MBDR0021-100060
35
MBDR0022-100010
100
MBDR0022-100060
36
Striker
859322
20
265413
Accessories
13
90 2
33
30
>13,5
MV LM 4200-DK
A0172
(Only required for this
sash groove).
3
33
5
6
SW 2,5
ca. 2,5 Nm
If necessary, the MV stay striker (32) can be used as an additional locking point.
Striker (35) must be ordered separately.
MV stay striker (32) is required for the sash groove (see fig.).
Shorten operating rod S3 by 20 mm.
31
>8
2)
13
2)
18
13
S3 - 20
H48.2200LS001en
Page 2
Generally required
LM 2200-D
Item
Qty
LM Globe handle
2-12
BS LM 2200
Silver
MMBS0060-525010
10
MMBS0060-525020
Brown
MMBS0060-533010
10
MMBS0060-533020
Description
Material no.
Material no.
White
RAL 9016
MMBS0060-504010
10
MMBS0060-504020
Black
RAL 9005
MMBS0060-523010
10
MMBS0060-523020
Mill finish
10
MMBS0060-500020
13-14
MZBS0040-000010
20
MZBS0040-000030
15-21
VS LM 4200-D
857014
20
246948
22-24
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
b 1250 mm
857052
20
246986
25-28
MV LM4200/2200-D VSU/VSO
a 1,250 mm
MMMV0040-100010
20
MMMV0040-100030
25-28
MMMV0020-100010
20
MMMV0020-100030
29
Handle support LM
200
(See table)
30
Stop
820544
10
222805
34
MBDR0021-100010
100
MBDR0021-100060
35
MBDR0022-100010
100
MBDR0022-100060
Accessories
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1- 7.5 mm
< 2 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
> 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
-
21)
1,5 1)
27
>13,5
3
7 - 10
1)
MV LM 4200-D
VSU/VSO A0172
(Only required for this
sash groove).
1)
Required space
Grub screw
in accordance with the
torque specifications.
2
1
Snap in.
4
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
2,5 Nm
SW2,5
14
12
H48.2200LS001en
Page 3
Qty
1-10
VS LM 4200-DS A0109
11
LM 4200/2200-D stay
12-13
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
Description
Material no.
Secondary sash
b 1250 mm
Material no.
879368
20
266885
MSKD0010-100010
100
MSKD0010-100060
MZBS0040-000010
20
MZBS0040-000030
857052
20
246986
1,3
X
X
2,3
10
H48.2200LS001en
Page 4
Item
Qty
1-10
Secondary sash
MMVS0380-100010
20
MMVS0380-100030
11-13
Secondary sash
MMGI0100-100010
20
MMGI0100-100030
14
LM 4200/2200-D stay
Secondary sash
MSKD0010-100010
20
MSKD0010-100030
15-16
Secondary sash
MZBS0040-000010
20
MZBS0040-000030
17-24
Main sash
MMVS0360-100010
20
MMVS0360-100020
Description
Material no.
Material no.
879504
71
Material no.
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
50
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
27
H48.2200LS001en
Page 5
19
29
21
24
23
22
26
20
10
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
25
5,2
31
27
28
17
=
(a > 1250)
10
ca. 4 Nm
+0,1
14
15
S5 = a/2 - 192
S5 = a/2 - 207 (A0172)
(a > 1250)
30
29
32
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
(a > 1250)
a/2 - 420
29
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
H48.2200LS001EN
Page 6
11,5
14,5
5,2
5,2
0-1
SW4
16
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
78
297
(a > 1250)
S2 = b2 - 210
2,5 Nm
SW4
S1 = b1 - 210
=
(a > 1250)
98
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
b2 300
Snap in.
12
4
1
Sequence with MV
Sequence without MV
36
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
13
33
LM 2200-DK
13
18
1)
Grease the
connector before
installation.
30
Grub screw
in accordance with the
torque specifications.
31
12
(min. b/3)
b1 250
(a 1250)
LM 2200-DK
110 1)
100 1)
S4 = b/2 - 230
S4 = b/2 - 245 (A0172)
Assembly sequence
Do not use
a hammer to insert
the hardware components.
>13,5 (A0172)
85
b1 + 76
(b > 1250)
45
3 Nm
PH 2
4
34
35
H48.2200LS001en
Page 7
3 Nm
PH 2
29
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
3 Nm
PH 2
10
11
(b > 1250)
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
44 (a 1250)
85 (a > 1250)
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
16
14
28
25
17
26
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
S3 = a/2 - 134
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
13
15
S2 = b2 - 161
17
9 - 12
19
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
30
24
23
22
S1 = b1 - 161
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
b1 + 28
(b > 1250)
2-8
17
S5 = a/2 - 207 (A0172)
S5 = a/2 - 192
16
27
30
95 (a 1250)
66 (a > 1250)
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
=
(b > 1250)
2,5 Nm
SW 4
18
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
(a > 1250)
(a > 1250)
2,5 Nm
SW 4
20
21
28
31
17
29
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
2,5 Nm
SW 4
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
19
=
(a > 1250)
H48.2200LS001en
Page 8
a2 - 48
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
13
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
2
Screw in the grub
screws completely
12
a2
375 - 1250
S7 = b - (b1 - 73)
b 680 - 2400
11
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
a1
375 - 1250
175
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
2,5 Nm
B5
b1 375
21+1
S6 = b1 - 275
32 - 37
12,5
14
3
19 - 19,60
10
2
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
a1
a2 - 48
H48.2200LS001en
Page 9
SS/
Hardware
layout and installation dimensions
a2 - 20
1,5 Nm
15
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
16
19
2,5 Nm
SW 1,5
14
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
18
17
b2 350 (Pos. 1 - 4)
b2 470 (Pos. 1 - 5)
b 690 - 2400
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
4
20
(S8 = b2 - 440)
21 22
2,5 Nm
SW4
a1
375 - 1250
S7 = b2 - 80
a2
375 - 1250
S2 = b2 - 210
17,5
(5)
11
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
6
14
18
21+1
S1 = b1 - 210
S6 = b1 - 370
13 12
23
24
2
10
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
a1
a2 - 3
H48.2200LS001en
Page 10
31
22
19
25
24
22
23
28
21
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
26
27
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
29
30
16
33
(a > 1250)
17
0-1
3
+0,1
(a > 1250)
S5 = a/2 - 192
S5 = a/2 - 207 (A0172)
31
34
(a > 1250)
a/2 - 420
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
32
31
H48.2200LS001EN
Page 11
11,5
14,5
5,2
5,2
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
10
S3 = (13 Gr. 35 + 17 + 18) = a - 912
(a > 1250)
ca. 4 Nm
14
15
18
78
=
(a > 1250)
98
20
111
(a > 1250)
S2 = b2 - 210
2,5 Nm
SW 4
S1 = b1 - 210
b2 300
Snap in.
12
4
1
Sequence with MV
Sequence without MV
10
38
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
35
13
13
19
12
1)
32
33
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
(a 1250)
LM 2200-TBT
(min. b/3)
b1 250
85
b1 + 76
(b > 1250)
84
110 1)
100 1)
S4 = b/2 - 230
S4 = b/2 - 245 (A0172)
Assembly sequence
SW4
>13,5 (A0172)
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
3 Nm
PH 2
4
36
37
H48.2200LS001EN
Page 12
3 Nm
PH 2
31
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
2,5 Nm
SW 2,5
3 Nm
PH 2
10
11
(b > 1250)
85
S2 = b2 - 210
a1
375 - 1250
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
a2
375 - 1250
b2 300
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
b 760 - 2400
10
11
(31)
175
S1 = b1 - 248
b1 + 76
(b > 1250)
b1 460
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
8
21+1
5
4
6
125
32 - 37
12,5
14
2,5 Nm
SW 4
7
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
a1
a1 - 181
a1 - 34
H48.2200LS001en
Page 13
VS LM 2200-DS/A
a2 - 48
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
4
5
150 1)
105
A
X
209
G1 + 230
4
5
X
b1 350 (VS LM-DS/K)
b1 380 (VS LM-DS/A) 2)
b1 425 (VS LM-DS/A) 1)
S6 (105) = b1 - 300 2)
S6 (150) = b1 - 345 1)
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
a1
375 - 1250
14,5
2)
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
14,5
S7 = b - (b1 + 45) 1)
a2
375 - 1250
S7 = b - (b1 + 90) 2)
a1
375 - 1250
S7 = b - (b1 + 420)
(> 30)
a2
375 - 1250
b 680 - 2400 2)
b 810 - 24001)
b 830 - 2400
a2 - 48
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
a2 - 57
a2 - 57
1,5 Nm
SW 1,5
a1
1) (VS LM LM 4200-DK)
2) (VS LM LM 4200-D)
H48.2200LS001en
Page 14
2400
28 24
20
16
12
2000
1500
12
16
m
in
m
b (in mm)
1800
ck e
sdi
Gla
20
24
28
1,800 mm
24 mm
For glass thicknesses under 12 mm, all sash sizes can be used,
as long as they are within the size range and do not exceed
a width to height ratio of 1.5.
1600
600
375
400
550
1400
740 mm
1200
sash height
=
glass thickness
=
maximum allowable
sash width
=
1000
):
740
800
Example (
a (in mm)
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used
in these assembly instructions:
BS
BSO
a
a1
a2
b
b1
b2
FBS-G
MV
SV
VS
VSO
VSU
Hinge side
Hinge side, top
Sash width
Sash width of main sash
Sash width of secondary sash
Sash height
Handle height, bottom
Handle height, top
Mishandling device on handle
Centre lock
Width adjustment
Locking side
Locking side, top
Locking side, bottom
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
H48.2200LS001en
Page 15
+90
Pressure adjustment 1 mm
-1
-1
ca. 4 Nm
11
+1
+1
-90
SW 4
10
31/33
13
-2
12
SW 4
LM
VS
TB
TB
+/- 1
K/
K/
+1 mm
-D
-D
00
00
22
-1 mm
+1 mm
22
LM
LM
+4
/TB
-DK
0
220
LM
+1 mm
2
-1 mm
S
00-D/D
LM 22
VS
LM
SW 4
23
220
22
00
BS
BS
10
2
9
34/35
+ 0,8 mm
33/36
SW 4
-1 mm
+2 mm
- 0,8 mm
H48.2200LS001en
Page 16
Generally required
LM 2200-TBT
Item
Qty
2-12
BS LM 2200
13
Description
Material no.
Material no.
MMBS0060-525010
10
MMBS0060-525020
Brown
MMBS0060-533010
10
MMBS0060-533020
White
RAL 9016
MMBS0060-504010
10
MMBS0060-504020
Black
RAL 9005
MMBS0060-523010
10
MMBS0060-523020
Mill finish
10
MMBS0060-500020
Stay LM 2200
Size
20
35
a (in mm)
375 600
601 1,250
351)
1,251 1,600
a 1,250 mm + stay 35
a 1,250 mm
MSKK0010-000010
20
MSKK0010-000030
MSKK0210-000010
20
MSKK0210-000030
MSKK0210-000010
20
MSKK0210-000030
857076
10
247006
MXSK0010-100010
20
MXSK0010-100030
14-17
18
Stay striker MV
19-27
VS LM-TBT KPS
MMVS0270-100010
20
MMVS0270-100030
28-30
MMKL0030-100010
20
MMKL0030-100030
31-33
MV LM 4200-DK
31-33
MV LM 4200-DK A0172
34
MV stay striker
35
36
37
38
Striker
a/b 1,250 mm
a/b 1,250 mm (see fig.)
857045
20
246979
MMMV0010-100010
20
MMMV0010-100030
MXSK0030-000010
200
MXSK0030-000200
MBDR0021-100010
100
MBDR0021-100060
MBDR0022-100010
100
MBDR0022-100060
859322
20
265413
Accessories
(a 601 1,600)
(a 601 1,250)
13
90 2
35
31
>13,5
MV LM 4200-DK
A0172
(Only required for this
sash groove).
3
35
SW 2,5
ca. 2,5 Nm
If necessary, the MV stay striker (34) can be used as an additional locking point.
Striker (38) must be ordered separately.
Stay striker (33) is required for the sash groove (see fig.).
Shorten operating rod S3 by 20 mm.
34
>8
1
5
2)
13
2)
19
3
13
S3 - 20
H48.2200LS001en
Page 17
Item
Qty
1-8
VS LM-DK-TBT KPW
Main sash
MMVS0400-100010
20
MMVS0400-100030
9-11
Main sash
MMKL0030-100010
20
MMKL0030-100010
Stay LM 2200
Size
20
a (in mm)
375
600
35
601 1,250
MSKK0210-000010
20
MSKK0210-000030
Description
Material no.
MSKK0010-000010
Material no.
20
MSKK0010-000030
0 to 1
MV LM 4200-DK
b 1,250 mm
857045
20
246979
0 to 1
MMMV0010-100010
20
MMMV0010-100030
0 to 1
0 to 1
Stay striker MV
MXSK0010-100010
20
MXSK0010-100030
MXSK0030-000010
200
MXSK0030-000200
Locked position
Verschlussstellung
Kippstellung
Tilt
position
Locked position
Verschlussstellung
Drehstellung
Turn
position
Tilt
position
Kippstellung
Locked position
Verschlussstellung
H48.2200LS001en
Page 18
Qty
1-8
VS LM-DS/K
Description
Material no.
Material no.
secondary sash
860830
20
249338
VS LM-DS/A
A0026
secondary sash
864425
20
252192
VS LM-DS/A
A0006
secondary sash
860823
20
249321
LM 4200/2200-D stay
MSKD0010-100010
100
MSKD0010-100060
MZBS0040-000010
20
MZBS0040-000030
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
857052
20
246986
1-8
(b >1,250 mm)
10
15
4,5
4,3
1,8
21+1
Groove
Nut fr for
Schlieteile
locking
parts
desthe
Erstflgels
of
first sash
4,3
Groove
Pos. 3 for
-5
Zweitflgel
shoot
bolt of the
second sash
1,8
15
10
Z
Version A0006
4,5
1,3
X
X
2,3
H48.2200LS001en
Page 19
Important information
LM 2200
Important information
Corrosive substances, dirt and moisture can damage the hardware and cause hazards.
Do not use acetic or acid cure sealants.
Do not use the hardware in environments where the air contains aggressive or corrosive components.
Keep the rebates free from deposits and dirt, especially from remnants of cement and plaster.
Keep the hardware dry.
Disclaimer of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the hardware (and to the windows and portal doors that are
equipped with these) resulting from insufficient tendering, failure to follow these assembly instructions or which result
from force being applied to the hardware (e.g. through improper use).
H48.2200LS001en
Page 20
LM-DK/TBT200
The screw-fixed Tilt&Turn hardware for
aluminium windows and balcony-doors
More details and specifications/guidelines
on the product and on liability (Guidelines: VHBH, TBDK and VHBE)
are to be checked without fail in the Aluminium Specifiers Manual
(H4006.0125DE).
The specified dimensions are finished dimensions
after the surface treatment of the profiles
e.g. painting, powder coating etc.!
Sash dimensions
a/b 1,2
(a)
Sash height
(b)
Sash weight
( )
max. 200 kg
a 1800
Profile dimensions
15
25
90
0,8
X
1) On gearbox M6
2) Refer to page 4
3) Refer to table on page 15 for
dimension Z
4 -0,2
4,3 -0,2
2
14 0,1
10 0,1
18 -0,2
14,5 -0,2
A0016
3,5
A0022
+0,2
+0,2
3,3
1,8
13,50,1
12 0,1
3,5
2
a 1500
Table of contents
Application ranges..................................................Page 1
Hardware list & calculation measurements................ Page 2
Drilling details.......................................................... Page 3
Application of the jigs..............................................Page 4
Diagram & removing the top hinge pin.................... Page 5
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (T&T).. Page 6
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (T&T)..Page 7
Installation jigs........................................................ Page 8
Important advice..................................................... Page 9
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (TBT).. Page 10
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (TBT).. Page 11
M6 gear set installation........................................... Page 12
Gasket compression & adjustment........................... Page 13
Hardware list & calculation measurements............... Page 14
Operational advice, coupling sets, abb................... Page 15
Hardware list & restrictor installation........................ Page 16
LMde1378
Z 3)
5/6 2 )
b 2800
Installation instructions
20
X
4,5
1,4 - 1,6
35
36
22
21+1
1)
15
A0004
LMde1378_3_2010-12/0
b 2000
Sash width
All dimensions in mm
15 0,2
LMen1378
Page 1
Qty.
1a
0...1
Handle LM
1b
0...1
Material no.
Material no.
Window handle
BS LM-DK200 right
silver
MMBS0151-525010
MMBS0151-525120
BS LM-DK200 left
silver
MMBS0152-525010
MMBS0152-525120
BS LM-DK200 right
MMBS0151-504010
MMBS0151-504120
BS LM-DK200 left
MMBS0152-504010
MMBS0152-504120
BS LM-DK200 right
unpainted
MMBS0151-500010
MMBS0151-500120
BS LM-DK200 left
u npainted
MMBS0152-500010
MMBS0152-500120
15
MSKK0020-000010
20
MSKK0020-000030
16-19
0...1
857076
10
247006
20-27
MMVS0220-100010
20
MMVS0220-100030
MMKL0030-100010
20
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100010
20
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100010
20
MMKL0040-100030
2-14
Generally required
28-30
a > 1100 mm +
scissor stay 30
VS LM-DK KPW
0...1
0...1
9 mm
10 mm
USH 12 mm
0...1
31-33
0...1
Different components
coloured background
MMGI0040-100010
20
MMGI0040-100030
34-36
0...1
MV LM 4200-DK
b > 1250 mm
857045
20
246979
37-39
0...1
Locking point LM
b > 2200 mm
20
317556
40-42
0...1
CL LM A/P
a > 1100 mm
894316
20
303917
43-46
0...1
a 550 mm - 1300 mm
Refer to page 16 for
installation dimensions
721063
50
312896
43-46
0...1
a 1301 mm - 1800 mm
Refer to page 16 for
installation dimensions
721070
50
312926
39
b/3
1,5 Nm
2,5
(b > 2200)
38
37
10
S4 = 2/3 b - 247
+0,1
39
34
b/3
(b > 2200)
38
+0,1
b/3 - 163
(b > 2200)
1,5 Nm
2,5
S2
37
10
b/3 - 110
(b > 2200)
(b > 2200)
b/3
LMen1378
Page 2
4,3
17
4,3
9,2
48
122,5
4,3
18,5
315
302,5
(48)
4,3
Mark for
positioning the
scissor stay.
17
4,3
129
5,2
17
2
17,5
LMen1378
Page 3
4,3
14 2)
25 2)
6 2)
4,
4,3
1501)
160 1)
14 1)
1)
14
1)
1)
4,
LMen1378
Page 4
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
50 kg/m2)
60 kg/m2)
70 kg/m2)
80 kg/m2)
90 kg/m2)
100 kg/m2)
110 kg/m2)
120 kg/m2)
130 kg/m2)
140 kg/m2)
150 kg/m2)
): Sash height =
Glass thickness=
Permissible
sash width
=
1800 mm
48 mm
20
56
2600
60
2400
2200
2000
1800
1600
mm
in
Example (
24
c ke
sdi
G la
52 48 44 40 36 32 28
2800
Flgelhhe (b) in mm
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
1400
925 mm
1800
1600
1400
1200
800
1100
550
600
925
1000
1200
Flgelbreite (a) in mm
ca. 15 mm
4
1
2,5
LMen1378
Page 5
b1 + 76
34
23
1,5 Nm
2,5
26
21
24
23
28
22
1,5 Nm
2,5
190
25
32
2,75 Nm
PZ 2
31
18
2,
2
N
m
PZ
1,5 Nm
1,5
(a > 1100)
27
33
2,5 Nm
SW 4
29
(a > 1100)
10
+0,1
16
17
40
LMen1378
Page 6
10
10
S3 = a - 476
S3 = a - 634
(a > 1100)
ca. 4 Nm
1a
S5 = a/2 - 150
30
0-1
SW4
1,5 Nm
2,5
(a > 1100)
a/2 - 396
1,5 Nm
2,5
41
42
11,5
14,5
5,2
5,2
40
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
78
19
98
21
S2 = b2 - 210
S1 = b1 - 248
297
(a > 1100)
43
1)
23
3)
10
44
45
Refer to page 4
1b
35
36
20
14
14 1)
10
34
1,5 Nm
2,5
13
2,5 Nm
PZ 2
a
max. 1800 window
max. 1500 balcony-doors
max. 200 kg
a/b 1,2
14
1)
1,5 Nm
2,5
46
15
max. 25
OLH 12
Mark for
positioning the
scissor stay.
4,3
2,5 Nm
PZ 2
Hinge passage
=
(a > 1100)
10
1,5 Nm
2,5
1,5 Nm
2,5
S2 = b2 - 195
S1 = b1 - 233
Lugs 10
3)
1) 5 mm / 6 mm
S4 = b/2 - 230
(b 1250 - 2200)
(min. b/3)
LM-DK200
43
b2 300
b1 370
85
125
150 1)
160 1)
b
max. 2000 window
max. 2800 balcony-doors
=
(b 1250 - 2200)
(b > 2200 refer to page
2)
LMen1378
Page 7
11
12
Installation jigs
Material no.
MASB0010-500010
Jig HS
LM-DK200 EB
MABB0020-100010
5.2 mm
(Pos. 8)
Jig HS
MABB0010-099010
LM-DK200
Black
130001
4.3 mm
4.3 mm
Jig LM
10 mm
10
(30)
L - 30
B
A
10
10
Hand-cropper LM
10 mm
130018
Pin removal
tool
MAEW0030-000010
LM 200/300
(pos. 11)
10
6 - 7 bar
LMen1378
Page 8
Important advice
SS
LM-DK/TBT200
Important advice
Avoid overstressing
Hinge components can break from overstressing. As a result, the sash can fall out and cause
severe injuries.
If a high level of stress is expected on the hinge components, limit the
opening angle with a limit stay LM with brake.
A high level of stress is to be expected for example in schools and kindergardens.
Liability exclusion
We are not liable for malfunctions and damage to the hardware, as well as to the windows and balcony doors
equipped with the same, if this has been caused by inadequate tendering procedures, non-compliance with these
installation instructions, or physical effect of force on the hardware (e.g. due to non stipulated use).
Feedback on documentation
We would be pleased to receive your advice and suggestions on how to improve our documentation. Please send
your suggestions by e-mail to 'dokumentation@siegenia-aubi.com'.
LMen1378
Page 9
1,5 Nm
2,5
27
22
25
24
29
35
24
23
100
1,5 Nm
2,5
33
26
28
2,75 Nm
PZ 2
32
1,5 Nm
1,5
34
1a
(a > 1100)
a/2 - 396
1,5 Nm
2,5
42
43
44
1)
23
10
3)
10
45
46
Refer to page 4
1b
47
15
36
37
21
14
14 1)
1,5 Nm
2,5
a
max. 1800 window
max. 1500 balcony-doors
max. 200 kg
a/b 1,2
14
1)
max. 25
OLH 12
Mark for
positioning the
scissor stay.
4,3
35
10
13
LM)
LMen1378
Page 10
41
10
11,5
14,5
5,2
5,2
S3 = a - 880
(a > 1100)
10
+0,1
41
(a > 1100
S5 = a/2 - 150
31
ca. 4 Nm
10
16
17
2,5 Nm
PZ 2
2,5 Nm
PZ 2
2
N
m
PZ
30
20
1,5 Nm
2,5
Lugs 10
(a > 1100)
2,
2,5 Nm
4
18
0-1
SW4
1,5 Nm
2,5
78
22
S2 = b2 - 210
S1 = b1 - 248
1,5 Nm
2,5
1,5 Nm
2,5
S2 = b2 - 195
S1 = b1 - 233
19
98
=
(a > 1100)
10
1) 5 mm / 6 mm
3)
Hinge passage
LM-TBT200
(min. b/3)
S4 = b/2 - 230
(b 1250 - 2200)
43
b2 300
b1 370
85
b1 + 76
(b > 2200 refer to page 14)
125
150 1)
160 1)
b
max. 2000 window
max. 2800 balcony-doors
=
(b 1250 - 2200)
(b > 2200 refer to page 14)
2)
LMen1378
Page 11
1,5 Nm
2,5
11
12
LM-DK/-TBT200 - Installation procedure and dimensional data for gear set FBS M6
Preparation
10
10
R5
1.
72
43
3.
max. 25
OLH 12
R5
2.
Nocken 10
b2
15
23
b1
2.
Figure 1
Figure 2
Sash
4. Insert the R-I DG LM M6 (pos. 32/33)
into the machined profile recess 72 x 15
5. PZ 2
(figure 3).
2,75 Nm
1b
4.
2 m
PZ ,5 N
2
22
33/34
20 32/33
21
31/32
Figure 3
Figure 4
Frame
7. If b > 1250 mm, position the striker
( 2.5,
G1 +G1
76+( 76
b 1250
- 2200)
(MV-VS)
(b1 > 1250)
Figure 5
LMen1378
Page 12
+90
-1
ca. 4 Nm
11
+1
+1
-90
Adjustment possibilities
15
15
+3
-6
LM
+1 mm
-D
K/
TB
T2
00
LM
/T
-DK
BT2
-1 mm
00
23/24
-1 mm
LM
SW 4
VS
+1 mm
1,5
mm
22/23
+2 mm
-1 mm
VS
LM
6
BS
LM
-DK
20
10
28/29
-1,5 mm
4
4
3
+1,5 mm
Andruckeinstellung
Closing adjustment:
Hheneinstellung
Height
adjustment:
Seiteneinstellung
Side
adjustment:
LMen1378
Page 13
Qty.
1a
Handle LM lockable/TBT
Material no.
Material no.
BS LM-DK200 right
silver
MMBS0151-525010
MMBS0151-525120
BS LM-DK200 left
silver
MMBS0152-525010
MMBS0152-525120
BS LM-DK200 right
MMBS0151-504010
MMBS0151-504120
BS LM-DK200 left
MMBS0152-504010
MMBS0152-504120
BS LM-DK200 right
unpainted
MMBS0151-500010
MMBS0151-500120
BS LM-DK200 left
unpainted
MMBS0152-500010
MMBS0152-500120
15
MSKK0020-000010
20
MSKK0020-000030
16-19
0...1
857076
10
247006
20
0...1
Stay striker MV
a > 1100 mm
MXSK0010-100010
20
MXSK0010-100030
21-28
VS LM-TBT KPW
MMVS0230-100010
20
MMVS0230-100030
MMKL0030-100010
20
MMKL0030-100030
MMKL0010-100010
20
MMKL0010-100030
MMKL0040-100010
20
MMKL0040-100030
Different components
coloured background
MMGI0040-100010
20
MMGI0040-100030
1b
2-14
Generally required
29-31
0...1
0...1
9 mm
10 mm
OLH 12 mm
0...1
32-34
0...1
35-37
0...1
MV LM 4200-DK
b > 1,250 mm
857045
20
246979
38-40
0...1
Locking point LM
b > 2200 mm
20
317556
41-43
0...1
CL LM A/P
a > 1100 mm
894316
20
303917
44-47
0...1
a 550 mm - 1,300 mm
Refer to page 16 for
installation dimensions
721063
50
312896
44-47
0...1
a 1301 mm - 1800 mm
Refer to page 16 for
installation dimensions
721070
50
312926
40
b/3
1,5 Nm
2,5
(b > 2200)
39
38
10
S4 = 2/3 b - 247
+0,1
40
35
b/3
(b > 2200)
39
+0,1
b/3 - 163
(b > 2200)
1,5 Nm
2,5
S2
38
10
b/3 - 110
(b > 2200)
(b > 2200)
b/3
LMen1378
Page 14
Drehstellung
Tilt
Turn
Kippstellung
Verschlussstellung
Closed
Turn
Kippstellung
Verschlussstellung
Closed
Verschlussstellung
Closed
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
8.5 mm
MMKL0030-100030
7 - 10 mm
7.5 mm
MMKL0010-100030
12 mm
7 mm
MMKL0040-100030
7 - 10
12
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used
in these installation instructions:
a
H-S
THS
BHS
b
b1
b2
DJ
R-I DG
HTP
CL
Nm
AW
PW
SS
OLH
H.S
Sash width
Hinge-side
Top hinge-side
Bottom hinge-side
Sash height
Bottom handle position
Top handle position
Drilling jig
Routed-in drive gear
Horizontal tilting point
Centre lock
Torque in Nm
Arched window
Pitched window
Spanner size
Overlap height
Handle side
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
LMen1378
Page 15
38-41
Qty.
Material no.
Material no.
0...1
a 550 mm - 1300 mm
721063
50
319896
0...1
a 1301 mm - 1800 mm
721070
50
319926
550 - 1300)
1301 - 1800)
80
85
90
60
143
131
119
124
262
244
227
80
8
5
90
44/45
45/46 46/47
LMen1378
Page 16
LM-D300
The screw-fixed Turn-Only hardware for
aluminium windows and balcony-doors
More details and specifications/guidelines
on the product and on liability (Guidelines: VHBH, TBDK
and VHBE) are to be checked without fail in the
Aluminium Specifiers Manual (H4006.0125DE).
Sash dimensions
a/b 1,2
b 2000
Sash width
(a)
Sash height
(b)
Sash weight
( )
max. 300 kg
a 1800
b 2800
4,5
15
20
a 1500
Y 2)
35
36 1)
22
21+1
Profile dimensions
X
X
6,5
A0006
4 -0,2
10 0,1
18 -0,2
14,5 -0,2
A0016
3,5
14 0,1
A0022
+0,2
3,3
1,8
13,50,1
12 0,1
15 0,2
3,5
+0,2
LMen1379_3_2010-04/0
a 1250
4,3 -0,2
a 1250
Table of contents
Application ranges.......................................................... Page 1
Hardware list and accessories.......................................... Page 2
Diagram..........................................................................Page 3
Drilling details.................................................................. Page 4
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (H.S)........... Page 5
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (H.S)........... Page 6
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (H-S)........... Page 7
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (H-S)........... Page 8
Abbreviations & removing the top hinge pin .................... Page 9
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (H.S-DS)..... Page 10
Hardware overview & installation dimensions (H.S-DS-A)... Page 11
M6 gear set installation.....................................................Page 12
Installation jigs & adjustments.............................................Page 13
Hardware list (TU-ON DM), Important advice.....................Page 14
Hardware list (TU-ON DM/A), Profile suggestion...............Page 15
Hardware list & Restrictor installation................................. Page 16
LMen1379
b 2800
Installation instructions
25
All dimensions in mm
LMen1379
Page 1
Generally required
LM-D300
Pos.
Qty.
1a
0...1
Handle LM
1b
0...1
Material no.
Material no.
Window handle
silver
MMBS0141-525010
MMBS0141-525120
silver
MMBS0142-525010
MMBS0142-525120
MMBS0141-504010
MMBS0141-504120
MMBS0142-504010
MMBS0142-504120
unpainted
MMBS0141-500010
MMBS0141-500120
unpainted
MMBS0142-500010
MMBS0142-500120
13-17
VS LM-D
MMVS0240-100010
20
MMVS0240-100030
18-19
0...1
MMKL0020-100010
20
MMKL0020-100030
20-22
0...1
MMGI0050-100010
20
MMGI0050-100030
23-25
0...1
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
857052
20
246986
0...1
MV LM 4200/2200-D VSU/VSO
b > 1250 mm
a > 1250 mm
26-30
MMMV0040-100010
20
MMMV0040-100030
31-32
0...1
b > 2200 mm
MMVR0040-100010
20
MMVR0040-100030
0...1
silver
MMDB0050-525010
MMDB0050-525120
33-36
0...1
MMDB0050-504010
MMDB0050-504120
0...1
unpainted
MMDB0050-500010
MMDB0050-500120
37
0...1
MHSM0010-100010
38-41
0...1
OLH 13 - 21 mm
a 350 mm - 900 mm
Refer to page 16 for
installation dimensions
721063
50
312896
38-41
0...1
a 901 mm - 1800 mm
Refer to page 16 for
installation dimensions
721070
50
312926
42
0...1
200
43
0...1
Pressure piece SV
818138
20
222041
44
0...1
Pressure piece AV
855133
20
249796
2-12
Different components
coloured background
Accessories
Y
< 7 mm
Y
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
< 2 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
7 - 10 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
7 - 10 mm
> 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
12 mm
MFHA0030-100200
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
OLH
1,5
LMen1379
Page 2
1600
1400
1800
1800
1600
1100
1600
1200
350
400
1800
ss
ne
):
24
2000
ick
Example (
28
th
ss
gla
60 56 52 48 44 40 36 32
2200
1400
50 kg/m2)
60 kg/m2)
70 kg/m2)
80 kg/m2)
90 kg/m2)
100 kg/m2)
110 kg/m2)
120 kg/m2)
130 kg/m2)
140 kg/m2)
150 kg/m2)
1200
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
925
1000
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
800
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
glass thickness
600
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
Example (
): Sash height
=
Glass thickness =
Permissible
sash width
=
2400
2200
2000
1800
1600
1400
1385 mm
1200
350
400
1100
32
2600
1800 mm
48 mm
36
1385
64 60 56 52 48 44 40
1200
2800
1000
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
kg/m2)
800
to 60
to 70
to 80
to 90
to 100
to 110
to 120
to 130
to 140
to 150
to 160
600
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
(equal
thickness
thickness
thickness
thickness
thickness
thickness
thickness
thickness
thickness
thickness
thickness
ss
ne
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
ick
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
th
ss
gla
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
64
LMen1379
Page 3
Drilling details
12
196
4,3
> 200 kg
b > 2200 mm
38,5
45
84
42,5
40
42,5
84
45
9,2
38,5
150
> 200 kg
b > 2200 mm
4,3
157
72
112
92
34
(34)
9,2
76
118,5
157
27
4,3
4,3
18,5
50
37
33,5
195
208
27
12
46
34
4,3
(34)
182
4,3
9,2
33,5
157
76
118,5
18,5
LMen1379
Page 4
b
(min. b/3)
14
b > 2200
14
R5
72
S3 = a/2 - 133
(a > 1250)
13
1,5 Nm
2,5
b1 370
55
85 (a > 1250)
26
R5
(b > 2200)
30
(min. 1100)
1,5 Nm
2,5
b/3
b2 300
=
(a > 1250)
15
5,2
1a
43
98
78
2,5 Nm
4
23
S1.1=
23
37
S1 = b1 - 195
11,5
2,75 Nm
PZ 2
14
24
2,5 Nm
2,5
1b
14,5
b/3-168
1,5 Nm
2,5
37
2,5 Nm
2,5
22
>13
13
28
2 m
PZ ,5 N
2
b/3
(b >2200)
S1.2=
31
S1 = b1 - 210
b1 + 76 (b 1250 - 2200)
1,5 Nm
2,5
32
S1-(b/3-93)
5,2
max. 25
(USH 12)
19
10
(b > 1250)
21
Lugs 10
20
10
18
42
S2 = b2 - 195
S2.2=
S2.1=
25
S2-(b/3-87)
32
S2 = b2 - 210
1,5 Nm
2,5
31
b/3-162
27
S5 = a/2 - 192
95
66 (a > 1250)
(a > 1250)
15
(a > 1250)
2,5 Nm
4
16
17
29
14
1,5 Nm
2,5
15
30
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
2,5 Nm
4
38
39
40
41
19
(Refer to page
= (a > 1250)
LMen1379
Page 5
LMen1379
Page 6
4,3
installation sequence!
6
2 7 12 11
9
2,5 0,25 Nm
PZ 2
10
10
3
13
1
2
2021)
4,3
212 1)
11
36
4,3
10
22 1)
Refer to page 9
to remove the top
hinge pin (pos. 7).
4,
4,3
34
2,5 0,25 Nm
PZ 2
35
34
10
2001)
2,5
2,5 0,25 Nm
4,3
1)
22
8
2
7
2
6
4,3
Hammer in the
grooved pin (7).
4,
1)
1)
33
34
4,3
6
>
30
4,3
43/44
2
LMen1379
Page 7
4,
LMen1379
Page 8
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used
in these installation instructions:
GCA
Gasket compression adjustment
H-S
Hinge-side
THS
Top hinge-side
BHS
Bottom hinge-side
a
Sash width
a1
Active sash width
a2
Passive sash width
b
Sash height
b1
Bottom handle position
b2
Top handle position
TU-ON Turn-Only sash
TU-ON DMTurn-Only dummy mullion
R-I DG Routed-in drive gear
CL
Centre lock
Nm
Torque in Nm
LA
Lateral adjustment
SS
Spanner size
OLH
Overlap height
H.S
Handle side
THS
Top handle side
BHS
Bottom handle side
S1
S2
S3
S5
S6
S7
Connecting
Connecting
Connecting
Connecting
Connecting
Connecting
ca. 15 mm
4
1
2,5
LMen1379
Page 9
LM-D300 VS-DS
a2 - 48
1,5 Nm
2,5
1
2
a2
350 - 1250
S7 = b - (b1 - 73)
b 1100 - 2800
a1
350 - 1250
175
>
2
> 00
22 kg
00
33 - 36
23 - 24
32 - 37
12,5
14
1,5 Nm
SW 2,5
2,5 Nm
B5
>
12
b1 375
S6 = b1 - 275
50
21+1
3
19 - 19,60
10
2
1,5 Nm
2,5
a1
a2 - 48
LMen1379
Page 10
a2 - 48
1,5 Nm
2,5
b 1100 - 2800
33 - 36
23 - 24
a1
350 - 1250
14,5
S7 = b - (b1 + 45)
>
2
> 00
22 kg
00
a2
350 - 1250
>
150
X
X
b1 425
S6 (150) = b1 - 345
50
1,5 Nm
2,5
12
21+1
2
8
1,5 Nm
2,5
a1
a2 - 57
LMen1379
Page 11
b2
10
10
R5
1.
72
43
1.
max. 25
(OLH 12)
R5
2.
Nocken 10
15
23
b1
2.
Figure 1
Figure 2
Sash
4. Insert the R-I DG LM M6 (pos. 21)
5. PZ 2
2,75 Nm
1b
4.
2 m
PZ ,5 N
2
22
21
Figure 3
Figure 4
Frame
7. If b > 1250 mm position the striker
G1 +G1
76+(b761250
- 2200)
(MV-VS)
(b1 > 1250)
Figure 5
LMde1379
Page 12
BS LM-D300 grey
(pos. 8) and
supporting piece
4.3 mm
Material no.
MABB0040-097010
MABB0030-097010
MABB0050-097010
MAEW0030-000010
6 mm
LM-D300 grey
4.3 mm
LM-D300 grey
4.3 mm
Pin removal
tool
LM 200/300
Adjustment possibilities
13
1
+1mm
mm
+1 mm
2
-1 mm
27
24
SW 4
10
+
+2,5 mm
18
43
42
9
+/- 0,8 mm
-2,5 mm
5
+/- 0,5 mm
LMen1379
Page 13
Important advice
SS
LM-D300 VS DS hardware
list and Important advice
Pos.
Qty.
1-10
VS LM 4200-DS
BS 300-D BD 6.5
23-24
0...1
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
33-36
0...1
A0109
Passive sash
Material no.
879368
Material no.
20
266885
857052
20
246986
Avoid overstressing
Hinge components can break from overstressing. As a result, the sash can fall out and cause
severe injuries.
If a high level of stress is expected on the hinge components, limit the
opening angle with a limit stay LM with brake.
A high level of stress is to be expected for example in schools and kindergardens.
Liability exclusion
We are not liable for malfunctions and damage to the hardware, as well as to the windows and balcony doors
equipped with the same, if this has been caused by inadequate tendering procedures, non-compliance with these
installation instructions, or physical effect of force on the hardware (e.g. due to non stipulated use).
LMes1379
Page 14
Qty.
Material no.
Material no.
864425
20
252192
860823
20
249321
BS 300-D BD 6.5
23-24
0...1
MV LM 4200-D VS/BS
33-36
0...1
1-8
857052
20
246986
10
15
4,5
4,3
1,8
21+1
Nutfor
frthe
Groove
active
sashs
Schlieteile
strikers.
des
Erstflgels
4,3
Pos. 3
3 -- 5
5
Pos.
Passive
sash
Zweitflgel
1,8
15
10
Z
Version A0006
4,5
1,3
X
X
2,3
LMen1379
Page 15
38-41
Qty.
Material no.
Material no.
0...1
a 450 mm - 900 mm
721063
50
319896
0...1
a 901 mm - 1800 mm
721070
50
319926
450 - 900)
901 - 1800)
80
85
90
60
143
131
119
124
262
244
227
38
80
8
5
90
39
40
41
LMen1379
Page 16
VS LM-DS/A
Locking side LM-DS/A for
Aluminium windows
BS LM 4200
BS LM 2200
BS axxent-D
LM-D
DIN right and DIN left can be used
universally applicable module packing units
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
N.B.: The sash width must not exceed 1.5 times the sash height!
The details for LM Euro-groove (Pages 5 and 6) with a chamber size of 21 mm (Aluminium profiles
for windows and french doors) apply to the SIEGENIA-AUBI locking side. In addition to this the
details given by the system manufacturer must be complied with.
If the dimensions of windows or french doors differ from this please consult SIEGENIA-AUBI.
LMgb1106_3_2006-05/1
LM 4200-DK
LM 4200-D
LM 2200
LMgb1096
LMgb1097
LMen1253
axxent-DK/TBT
axxent-D/DS
LM-D
LMen1274
LMen1275
LMen1236
Contents
Size range. ............................................Page 1 Fitting instructions and important notes ......Page 4
Fitting layout and list................................Page 2 Sash dimensions.....................................Page 5
Fitting aids, Abbreviations ........................Page 3 Frame dimensions...................................Page 6
2006-05
LMgb1106
1)
(FB2)
(FH)
(FH)
Window
min.
max.
350 to 12501)
680 to 2400
725 to 2400
Installation Instructions
LMgb1106
Page 1
Beschlagbersicht
Fitting
summary and
und
list-liste
VS LM-DS/A Beschlagbersicht und -liste
9
10
First sash
11
Second sash
Pressure piece
Run up block
Shoot bolt
Stop
Stay LM 4200/2200-D
10
Adapter LM 2200-D
11
Csk screw M5 x 7
X
X
7
6
4
3
2
Pos.
Qty
Description
A0026 A0006
Part code
Part code
VS LM-DS/A A0026
864425
20
252192
VS LM-DS/A A0006
860823
20
249321
Stay LM 4200/2200-D
MSKD0010-100010
100
MSKD0010-100060
10-11
MZBS0040-000010
20
MZBS0040-000030
18
LMgb1106
Page 2
Combi-tool
EAN 40 12453
141243
a
suitable punching tool:
BST 105 (15 mm stroke)
139295
Abbreviations
BS
BS
G
S6
VS
(FB2)
FH
S7
(FB1)
BS
FB1
FB2
FH
G
VS
Hinge side
Sash width, first sash
Sash width, second sash
Sash height
Handle position
Lock side
S6
S7
LMgb1106
Page 3
Sash
A Fit stop (7) DIN right or DIN left onto the slave sash gear (6).
B Push in shoot bolt (5) with operating rod S6 and operating rod S7 with shoot bolt (5)
vertically on the lock side.
C Fit slave sash gear (6) onto the operating rods S6 and S7 and clamp
with countersunk screw.
D Fit run up block (4).
E Fit stays LM 4200-D (9) in accordance with the details given in theFitting Instructions LMgb1097 or LMen1253.
Frame
A Position locking parts DS (1 and 8) DIN right or DIN left with run up block TBT (2)
in accordance with details on Page 6 and lock with a grubscrew in each case
(Torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
B Insert pressure pieces (3) into locking parts DS (1 and 8) as shown on Page 6.
Note
If repeating an installation shoot bolt (5) with operating rod S6, slave sash gear (6) and operating rod S7 with shoot bolt (5) must be pushed in vertically on the locking side
Important notes
- Please consult our product information for tilt and turn fittings for windows and door height windows
- The information on profile sections is valid for the fittings described in these installation instructions.
Please consult your SIEGENIA-AUBI representative if the dimensions of the windows are different.
- The hardware components described in this leaflet are made from non corroding material or have been galvanised to DIN 50 961. They must not be installed for use in aggressive, corrosion promoting air conditions
- We can accept no liability in respect of any damages or defects arising where the hardware assembly incorporates products not made by SIEGENIA-AUBI.
- Install the hardware components correctly by following closely the instructions on this page.
- The surface treatment of windows and doors must be performed before the hardware is assembled on the window. Post treatment could adversely affect the effective functioning of the components, in which case we accept
no liability for such consequence.
- Please follow the standard techniques for packing and wedge the sealed glazing units within the sash / frame.
- Do not use acid based sealing compounds because they may lead to corrosion of the hardware.
Keep rebates free of dirt and debris - in particular cement and plaster. Keep hardware dry and avoid contact
with cleaning agents.
- Keep all grooves and rebates free from dirt and debris - especially residues of cement or plaster. Avoid the direct
effect of moisture on the hardware and contact of the hardware with cleaning agents.
Liability exclusions
We accept no liability in respect of any damages or malfunctions caused by the hardware or the windows and French
doors fitted with them, as a result of incorrect and inappropriate specifications or other information provided by the
customer, failure to follow these instructions, wilful damage or negligence or misuse or alteration or repair of or an exertion of excessive force to the hardware by the user or customer.
LMgb1106
Page 4
Sash dimensions
VS LM-DS/A
Sash dimensions
4,5
Z
21+1
105
150 1)
G = min. 380
G = min. 425 1)
S6 = G - 300
S6 = G - 345 1)
10
4,3
1,8
15
Z
Type A0026
(Alcoa)
4,5
15/20 mm
21+1 mm
22 mm
FH = Sash height
S7 = FH - (G + 90)
S7 = FH - (G + 45) 1)
4,3
1,8
15
10
Z
Type A0006
(e.g. Heroal)
Groove for
shoot bolt of the
second sash
1)
Groove for
locking parts
of the first sash
LMgb1106
Page 5
Frame dimensions
VS LM-DS/A
Frame dimensions
FB2 - 27
1)
1)
10
1,5 to 2
10 to 14
1,
2,
3
min. 17,5
outer frame free
measurement
21 +1
3 to 3,5
3,3 to 4,3
1)
FB2 - 57
LM 4200
LM 2200
axxent-DK/TBT
axxent-D
1)
FB1 - 66
LMgb1106
Page 6
LM 4200-E
RC1+2
15
20
2
X3
Correct use
Profile selection/alignment
Frame designs
A0004
A0006
4 -0,2
14,5 -0,2
35
17,5
18 -0,2
22
21+1
5
10 0,1
3,5
14 0,1
4
8-12 2)
>26
A0022
+0,2
3,3
All dimensions in mm
Sash width1)
(1-sash)
(a)
Sash width1)
(2-sash)
(a1+a2)
Sash height1)
Sash height1)
Sash weight 1)
(1-sash)
( )
max. 130 kg
Sash weight 1)
(2-sash)
( )
max. 100 kg
Gear M6
LMen1362
LM 4200-DK
LMen1363
LM 4200-TBT
Contents
Size ranges.................................................. Page 1
Locking parts, diagrams............................... Page 2
Hardware list DK/-DS, size
ranges of limit stay LM.................................. Page 3
Frame dimensions: main/second. sashes.. Pages 4 - 5
Important information.................................... Page 6
Hardware layout: main/second. sashes.... Pages 7 - 8
Sash dimensions: main/second. sashes..... Pages 9 - 10
Hardware layout LM 4200-TBT.................. Page 11
Sash dimensions: LM 4200-TBT.................. Page 12
Hardware layout: LM 4200-D.................... Page 13
Sash dimensions: LM 4200-D..................... Page 14
Assembly instructions: gear set M6............ Page 15
Hardware list: LM 4200-TBT, abbreviations.. Page 16
Frame dimensions: LM 4200-TBT............... Page 17
Hardware list: LM 4200-D,
AEROCONTROL WK 2 2-sash.................. Page 18
Frame dimensions: LM 4200-D................... Page 19
Jigs.................................................................... Page 20
LMen1366
10 - 11
Assembly Instructions
15 0,2
2,6
2,7 - 3,2
12 0,1
19 - 19,60
4,2 - 4,5
Operating
dimensions
min.rod
- max.
min. - max.
1,8
362)
4,3 -0,2
2
LMen1366_3_2011-11/0
4,5
< 9,5
< 10,5
LMen1366
Page 1
LM 4200-E RC1+2
Number and position of locking parts LM-E on main and secondary sashes
(1-sash)
(2-sash)
WK 1
a
565 - 1,250
WK 2
a
565 - 1,250
730 - 1,400
10
13
16
WK1
a
365 - 900
WK 1
a
> 1,250
WK 2
a
365 - 900
WK 2
a
> 900
730 - 1,400
1,401 - 2,000
1,401 - 2,000
2,001 - 2,400
10
2,001 - 2,400
Zweitflgel
(2-sash)
WK 1 a > 1250
WK 2 a > 900
b > 2000
Erstflgel
(1-sash)
b > 2000
b > 2000
WK 2
WK 2
b > 1400
WK 2
b > 1400
b > 1400
WK 1 a > 1250
WK 2 a > 900
1800
in
1400
1600
1400
1200
1205
1000
800
600
1250
800
800
730
370
400
1200
730
925
1000
mm
1600
1000
565
600
16
2000
mm
20
ess
mm
Flgelhhe
(b) in mm
sash hight
(a) in
24
2000
1000
Flgelbreite
(a) in
sash
width (a)
inmm
mm
28
2400
kn
hic
in
ss
kne
hic
ss t
1200
ss t
Gla
Example (
): 100 kg
130 kg
Sash height
= 1,800 mm
1,800 mm
Glass thickness = 24 kg
24 kg
Maximum allowable
sash width
= 925 mm
1,205 mm
1400
Gla
16
28 24
20
2400
Weight
Glass thickness
(mm)
(kg/m2)
2200
28
70
2000
24
60
1800
20
50
1600
16
40
12
30
LMen1366
Page 2
Hardware list
LM 4200-DK-DS-E RC1+2
Main
sash
Quantity
Secondary
sash
Item
1a
0...1
0...1
Handle LM lockable
1b
0...1
0...1
859391
20
266076
3-11
MMVS0340-100010
20
MMVS0340-100030
12-14
0...1
0...1
MMKL0070-100010
20
MMKL0070-100030
15-19
0...1
0...1
MMGI0060-100010
20
MMGI0060-100030
20-22
4...6
4...10
838365
20
231708
838372
20
231722
MMVR0010-600010
20
MMVR0010-600030
20
317556
Description
0...2
26
Material no.
23-25
Material no.
Locking part LM
b > 1,250
Stay LM 4200
884805
20
273098
351)
601
351)
884782
20
314203
352)
1,251 to 1,600
884782
20
314203
to 1,250
681 to 1,250
27-30
0...1
857076
20
247006
31-33
0...1
MV LM-RB/SF
a > 1,250
894316
20
303917
34-35
0...1
20
247037
36
0...1
0...1
Handle support LM
200
See table
37-42
VS LM-D-DS
MMVS0350-100010
20
MMVS0350-100030
43
848805
20
273098
X
< 7 mm
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
< 2 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
7 - 10 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
7 - 10 mm
> 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
12 mm
MFHA0030-100200
LM 4200-E WK 2 2-sash:
7 - 10
12
MFHA0030-100200
USH
1,5
Dimensions in mm
LMen1366
Page 3
= (b > 1250)
26
(a2 - 226)
a2 - 120
a2 - 75
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in frame
Hardware cavity
Groove axis
26
10 to 14 mm
21+1 mm
10 mm
(a2 - 259)
a2 - 140
26
125
LMen1366
Page 4
190
280
26
4)
Y
14
10
12
18
14.5
15
5)
A0004
A0006
A0022
26
4,2
10
Design
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in frame
Hardware cavity
Groove axis
5)
screws M5 x 19 (20)
= (a > 1250)
a1= a/2 + 135 (a > 900) 3)
3
3.5
3
4) 2-sash
3) 1-sash
2) b1 b2
Sash weight
100 kg and
up. 3)
= (a > 1250)
1) b1 b2
10 to 14 mm
21+1 mm
10 mm
9,5
4)
a1 - 188
297
118
(1a) b1+ 62
(b 1250)
LM 4200-DK-E RC1+2
21 +1
26
LM 4200-DS-E RC1+2
(253)
26
26
26
(204)
26
26
(120)
min. 17,5
(228)
26
16,5
4,2
26
(120)
20
26
b/2 - 105 (1400 < b 2000)
(253)
26
26
LMen1366
Page 5
Important information
LM 4200-E RC1+2
Important information
Corrosive substances, dirt and moisture can damage the hardware and cause hazards.
Do not use acetic or acid cure sealants.
Do not use the hardware in environments where the air contains aggressive or corrosive components.
Keep the rebates free from deposits and dirt, especially from remnants of cement and plaster.
Keep the hardware dry.
Disclaimer of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the hardware (and to the windows and portal doors that are equipped
with these) resulting from insufficient tendering, failure to follow these assembly instructions or which result from force being
applied to the hardware (e.g. through improper use).
LMen1366
Page 6
See page 3 for hardware list.
20
21
22
20
21
22
23
24
25
20
21
22
Stay LM 4200 SZ 20
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
19
40
43
1b
41 22
21
2.5)
PZ 2)
4)
2.5)
PH 2)
2.5)
PH 2)
2.5)
PZ 2)
2.5)
2.5)
18 17 16
20
15
see page 9
40
1a
39
14
20 22
Handle support LM
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
23
24
25
36
Countersunk screw M5 x 19
Striker E
Locking part E
20
20
21
22
15
16
17
18
19
21
Coupling bracket E M6
Coupling screw M6
Cheese head screw M5 x 12
12
13
14
1a
1b
44
22
42
21
38
37
13
12
LMen1366
Page 7
36
38
20
21
Stay LM 4200-DK
21
36
22
31
32
33
Handle support LM
Countersunk screw M5 x 13
Supporting piece
26
34
35
11
19
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
23
24
25
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
1b
Countersunk screw M5 x 19
Striker E
Locking part E
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Coupling bracket E M6
Coupling screw M6
Cheese head screw M5 x 12
12
13
14
Locking bolt DK
Clamping piece EUL
Corner drive VSO FBS
Striker EUL - FBS
Striker
Corner drive VSU
Tilt lock
Run-up block
Tilt locking part
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
31
32
33
16 17 18
ca. 4 Nm
22
15
27
28
26
Eccentric rivet
Locking cam
Additional stay
Striker plate
10
14
1a
1a
1b
31
27
28
29
30
36
29
20
22
21
20
13
12
24
25
23
22
21
20
22
21
20
30
22 20 21
LM 4200-DK-E RC1+2
0-1
SW4
20
21
22
20
21
22
23
24
25
20
21
22
20
21
22
LMen1366
Page 8
34
35
10
+0,1
10
50,2
S9 = 100
50
11,5
14,5
5,2
5,2
10
5,2
50
5,2
78
98
5,2
5,2
S3 Stay SZ 20 = b - 462
S8 = b -122
15 5)
S4 = b - 276
85
50
5,2
5,2
5,2
50,2
LMen1366
Page 9
10
5,2
5,2
85
(2-sash)
50,2
85
5,2
15/20 mm
21+1 mm
22 mm
10
+0,1
10 +0,1
7,5
11,5
14,5
5,2
5,2
5,2
(a 900 - 1250) 3)
(a > 1250) 3)
(a > 1250) 3)
10
5,2
+0,1
10
50.2
50.2
10
10 3)
15
5)
15/20 mm
21+1 mm
22 mm
LMen1366
Page 10
profiles.
Minimum pass 4 mm.
4) 2-sash
3) 1-sash
2) b1 b2
1) b1 b2
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in sash
Hardware cavity
Rebate width
S5 = 195 4)
S5 = a/2 - 150 (a > 900) 3)
145 4)
85 3)
(a > 900)
85
a/2 - 505
FB/2 - 426
50,2
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in sash
Hardware cavity
Rebate width
106
b1 - 80
Stay SZ 20 = a - 338
Stay SZ 35 = a - 506
3)
Stay SZ 35 with additional stay = a - 664 (a >1250 + sash height >100 kg)
98
78
b2 min. 350
(min. b/3)
b1 min. 380
(min. b/3)
LM 4200-DK-E RC1+2
S4 = b - 276
LM 4200-DS-E RC1+2
50,2
50
min. 93 5)
min. 93 5)
7,5
S1 = b - 372
1)
106
b1 - 203
7,5
2)
85
50
5)
min. 93
5)
min. 93
LM 4200-TBT-E RC1+2
Hardware layout
22 20 21
36
35
31
29
32
26
5
28
30
27
20
B
0-1
21
22
SW4
20
ca. 4 Nm
21
22
23
For position
of locking parts LM-E
see page 9
24
25
12
37
1a
13
14
15
16 17 18
20
1b
21
22
19
20
21
22
7
8
1a
1b
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Handle LM lockable/TBT
Window handle lockable TBT
Corner drive VSU/BSO
Locking bolt TBT
Clamping piece EUL
Corner drive VSO FBS
Striker EUL - FBS
Striker
Corner drive VSU
Tilt lock
Run-up block
Tilt locking part
12
13
14
Coupling bracket E M6
Coupling screw M6
Cheese head screw M5 x 12
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Countersunk screw M5 x 19
Striker E
Locking part E
23
24
25
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
22
26
Stay LM 4200
21
27
28
29
30
31
Eccentric rivet
Locking cam
Additional stay LM
Striker plate
Stay striker MV
32
33
34
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
35
36
Countersunk screw M5 x 13
Supporting piece
37
Handle support LM
22
21
20
22
21
20
25
24
23
20
22
21
20
9
4
10
11
32
20
21
33
34
22
LMen1366
Page 11
Sash dimensions
LM 4200-TBT-E RC1+2
5) Remove rebate seal in the
area through which the hinges
pass and rework the sash
profiles.
Minimum pass 4 mm.
234
Sash dimensions
Stay SZ 20 = a - 338
Stay SZ 35 = a - 506
3)
Stay SZ 35 with additional stay = a - 917 (a >1250 + sash height >100 kg)
3)
10
50,2
10
5,2
85
a/2 - 505
FB/2 - 426
(a 900 - 1250)
(a > 1250) 3)
(a > 1250) 3)
3)
15
5)
min. 93 5)
7,5
85
4)
7,5
5,2
50,2
10 +0,1
5,2
5,2
11,5
1) b1 b2
2) b1 b2
3) 1-sash
4) 2-sash
50.2
50.2
10 3)
10
min. 93
5)
5,2
S4 = b - 276
98
78
106
50,2
b1 - 203
14,5
10 +0,1
S5 = 195 4)
S5 = a/2 - 150 (a > 900) 3)
145 4)
85 3)
(a > 900)
50
S1 = b - 372
b1 - 328 (1400 < b 2000) (b > 2000) 1)
Locked
position
85
5,2
5,2
Tilt
position
+0,1
50
10
15/20 mm
21+1 mm
22 mm
5,2
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in sash
Hardware cavity
Rebate width
5,2
Turn
position
85
5,2
LMen1366
Page 12
LM 4200-D-E RC1+2
Hardware layout
29
20 18 19
24
25
26
28
27
1b
Handle LM lockable/TBT
Window handle lockable
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Locking bolt DK
Clamping piece EUL
Striker
Corner drive VSO
Corner drive VSU
Run-up block
Stop
20
10
11
12
Coupling bracket E M6
Coupling screw M6
Cheese head screw M5 x 12
20
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Countersunk screw M5 x 19
Striker E
Locking part E
21
22
23
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
24
Stay LM 4200 SZ 20
25
26
27
Striker
Locking cam
Eccentric rivet
28
29
Countersunk screw M5 x 13
Supporting piece
30
Handle support LM
1a
18
For position
of locking parts LM-E
see page 9
19
20
18
19
20
21
22
13 14 15 16
19
18
19
23
30
10
11
1a
1b
17
12
18
19
20
18
19
B
0-1
23
22
21
20
19
20
18
SW4
ca. 4 Nm
18
20
19
18
18
19
20
25
26
27
LMen1366
Page 13
Sash dimensions
85 4)
5,2
Sash dimensions
15
5)
min. 93 5)
10
5,2
LM 4200-D-E RC1+2
+0,1
11,5
1) b1 b2
50
b/3 - 75 (b > 2000)
b1 + 70 (b > 2000)
(1400 < b 2000) 2)
b1 - 165
14,5
Locked
position
10
S4 = b - 276
98
78
106
50,2
S1 = b - 329
5,2
85
5,2
+0,1
5,2
10
Turn
position
2) b1 b2
3) 1-sash
4) 2-sash
210 4)
S5 = 260 4)
S5 = a/2 - 30 3)
85
5,2
85
5,2
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in sash
Hardware cavity
Rebate width
50.2
85 3)
(a > 900)
10
50.2
+0,1
min. 93
5)
10
LMen1366
Page 14
Assembly instructions
Preparation A Rework window handle lockable (1b) and ESG LM M6 (18) on sash according to dimensions (Figures 1
and 4).
B Adjust the length of the square spindle to the profile used. Shorten if necessary.
C Process operating rods S1, S2, S6 and S7 according to dimensions (see table).
D Attach anti-drill guard (17) with countersunk tapping screw. PH (15) to ESG LM M6 (18)
(torque 1.5 0.25 Nm, PH1).
E For positioning of locking parts E (22) see operating rods S1 and S2 (Figures 2+3).
A Insert ESG LM M6 (18) into milling groove provided (Figure 4).
Sash
Attach ESG LM M6 (18) to operating rods using coupling screws M6 (16)
(torque 2.75 0.25 Nm, PZ).
B Attach window handle lockable (1b) using countersunk screw M5 x 35 PZ (19)
(torque 2.5 0.25 Nm, PZ 2).
Frame
For FH 1,250 mm position striker (23) according to dimensions (Figure 5) and fix in place using grub screw
(torque 1.5 0.25 Nm, SW 2.5).
For position specifications see hardware layout on page 11, for example.
For further information see gear set M6 (FBS), document no.: LMen1361 in aluminium planning manual.
Note:
5,2
5,2
Figure 1
Figure 2
(min. b/3)
72
Figure 4
Figure 3
b1 min. 380
15
b1 + 76
R5
(b > 1,250)
b2 min. 415
112
2)
(b > 2000) (1400 < b 2000)
S2
S1
23
50
Griffsitz b1
43
10
10
R5
Griffsitz b2
85
Figure 5
Table
for cutting operating rods to length
DK/TBT
D
DS
WK 1+2
S1(mm)
S2 (mm)
S6 (mm)
S7 (mm)
b1 - 233
b2 - 238
b1 - 233
b2 - 195
b1 - 110
b2 - 110
1) b1 b2
2) b1 < b2
LMen1366
Page 15
Hardware list
LM 4200-TBT-E RC1+2
Item Quanti
ty
Hardware list
Material no.
Material no.
Main
sash
Description
1a
0...1
1b
0...1
3-11
12-14
0...1
15-19
20-22
859391
20
266076
Main sash
MMVS0340-100010
20
MMVS0340-100030
MMKL0070-100010
20
MMKL0070-100030
0...1
MMGI0060-100010
20
MMGI0060-100030
4...10
838365
20
231708
838372
20
231722
MMVR0010-600010
20
MMVR0010-600030
20
317556
0...2
26
Locking part LM
b > 1,250
Stay LM 4200
884805
20
273098
351)
601
351)
884782
20
314203
352)
1,251 to 1,600
884782
20
314203
to 1,250
681 to 1,250
27-30
0...1
857076
20
247006
31
0...1
Stay striker MV
a 1,250 mm
MXSK0010-100010
20
MXSK0010-100030
32-34
0...1
MV LM-RB/SF
894316
20
303917
35-36
0...1
20
247037
0...1
Handle support LM
(1a)
200
See table
Accessories
37
X
7.1 - 8.5 mm
7 - 10 mm
< 2 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0010-100200
7 - 10 mm
2.1 - 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
MFHA0020-100200
7 - 10 mm
> 3 mm
MFHA0010-100200
12 mm
MFHA0030-100200
1,5
7 - 10
12
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used in these assembly instructions:
a
Sash width
a1
Sash width, main sash
a2
Sash width, secondary sash
b
Sash height
b1
Handle height, bottom
b2
Handle height, top
BSO
Hinge side, top
EUL
Corner drive
ESG
Routed-in drive gear
FBS
Mishandling device
MV
USH
VS
VSO
VSU
S2
S2
S3
S4
S5
MFHA0030-100200
USH
Centre lock
Rebate height
Locking side
Locking side, top
Locking side, bottom
Operating rod, locking side top
Operating rod, locking side top
Operating rod, top horizontal
Operating rod, hinge side
Operating rod, bottom horizontal
LMen1366
Page 16
Frame dimensions
LM 4200-TBT-E RC1+2 Frame dimensions
110
a1 - 188 4)
3)
26
from sash
weight
100 kg3)
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in frame
Hardware cavity
Groove axis
10 - 14 mm
21+1 mm
10 mm
4,2
16,5
228
(253)
118
20
= (a > 1250) 3)
26
1) b1 b2
2) b1 b2
26
3) 1-sash
4) 2-sash
5) Frame drilled holes 4.2 for countersunk
Design
A0004
A0006
A0022
18
14.5
15
14
10
12
3
3,5
3
26
26
screws M5 x 19 (20).
5)
(120)
26
= (b > 1250)
9,5
26
5)
4,2
125
(204)
26
1)
(1a) b1 + 62
26
2)
100
a1 - 280 4)
26
= (a > 1250) 3)
a1= a/2 + 135 (a > 900)
3)
LMen1366
Page 17
Hardware list
LM 4200-D-E RC1+2
Item Quanti
ty
Hardware list
Material no.
Material no.
Main
sash
Description
1a
0...1
Handle LM lockable/TBT
1b
0...1
859391
20
266076
3-9
VS LM-D-DS
MMVS0350-100010
20
MMVS0350-100030
10-12
0...1
MMKL0070-100010
20
MMKL0070-100030
13-17
0...1
MMGI0060-100010
20
MMGI0060-100030
18-20
4...10
838365
20
231708
838372
20
231722
MMVR0010-600010
20
MMVR0010-600030
b > 1,250
20
317556
884805
20
273098
0...2
24
Locking part LM
Stay LM 4200
25-27
0...2
Locking part LM
a > 1,250
20
317556
28-29
0...1
20
247037
0...1
Handle support LM
200
See table
Accessories
30
b 615 - 1250
Stay
size 20
a 615 - 785
Marking for
jig LM EB LM-UE
(frame jig)
size 35
a 786 - 1,250
EB LM-UE
Stay
Anschlag
rechts
Anschlag
links
226
size 20
a 615 - 1,250
271
Magnet direction
S3
a - 583
a - 751
S3
a - 583
Magnetic switch
26
1)
S3
Locking bolt UE
85
LMen1366
Page 18
Frame dimensions
LM 4200-D-E RC1+2
Frame dimensions
a1 - 188 4)
485 (a 900 - 1250) 3)
26
from sash
weight
100 kg 3)
26
Aluminium windows
Eurogroove in frame
Hardware cavity
Groove axis
16,5
4,2
(253)
185
85
20
= (a > 1250) 3)
10 - 14 mm
21+1 mm
10 mm
26
1) b1 b2
2) b1 b2
3) 1-sash
26
4) 2-sash
5) Frame drilled holes 4.2 for countersunk
26
screws M5 x 19 (20).
Design
A0004
A0006
A0022
18
14.5
15
14
10
12
3
3.5
3
a1 - 280
4)
(120)
26
= (b > 1250)
5)
9,5
26
5)
4,2
125
(204)
26
1)
(1a) b1 + 62
26
2)
= (a > 1250) 3)
26
3)
a - 60
LMen1366
Page 19
Frame dimensions
LM 4200-E RC1+2
Jigs
Description
Punching tool
Material no.
141267
cropping
1)
2)
2)
Suitable punching
machine:
7,5
50,2
5,2
Jig LM-E
MAFB0020000010
Jig LM-E
MMAH0010000010
863022
Jig EL LM-E
for sash
Contents:12 pieces
156926
Jig EB LM-E
for frame
Contents:1 piece
156919
Installation on frame
picture 1
marking notch
picture 2
Installation on frame
A Position jig EB LM-E and drill holes for
strikers E (21/19) 4.2
(see Figure 3).
4,2
marking
Markierung
picture 3
LMen1366
Page 20
Handle summary
Si-line LM / LM Globe
View
Material No.
Si-silver
MHSS0010-525010
10
MHSS0010-525020
EV1
865545
10
253137
Si-brown
865521
10
253113
865552
10
253144
865507
10
253090
865514
10
253106
mill finish
875407
10
253083
INOX-look
MHSS0010-800010
10
MHSS0010-800020
Handle Si-line LM
Si-silver
MHSA0010-525010
10
MHSA0010-525020
lockable/TBT
EV1
865484
10
253069
Si-brown
865460
10
253045
865491
10
253076
865446
10
253021
865453
10
253038
mill finish
875414
10
253014
INOX-look
MHSA0010-800010
10
MHSA0010-800020
Si-silver
MHSR0010-525010
10
MHSR0010-525020
EV1
869659
10
257234
Si-brown
869697
10
257272
869673
10
257258
869666
10
257241
869680
10
257265
mill finish
869635
10
257210
875544
Handle Si-line LM
Material No.
Rose Si-line LM
H48.ZUBHLS007en_0_2012-07
7 mm square
2012-07
H48.ZUBHLS007en
Page 1
Important Notes
Handle summary Si-line LM
View
Material No.
Material No.
Si-silver
MHSS1000-525010
10
MHSS1000-525020
Si-brown
869758
10
257333
869734
10
257319
869727
10
257302
869741
10
257326
mill finish
869703
10
257289
Handle Si-line LM DG
Si-silver
MHSA1000-525010
10
MHSA1000-525020
lockable
Si-brown
869819
10
257395
869796
10
257371
869789
10
257364
869802
10
257388
mill finish
869765
10
257340
Si-silver
MHSS2000-525010
10
MHSS2000-525020
Si-brown
875476
10
262306
875452
10
262283
875445
10
262276
875469
10
262290
mill finish
875421
10
262252
Si-silver
MHSA2000-525010
10
MHSA2000-525020
lockable
Si-brown
875537
10
262368
875513
10
262344
875506
10
262337
875520
10
262351
mill finish
875483
10
262313
Handle Si-line LM DG
H48.ZUBHLS007en
Page 2
Important Notes
Handle summary LM Globe
View
Material No.
Material No.
Si-silver
MHGS0010-525010
10
MHGS0010-525020
EV1
MHGS0010-524010
10
MHGS0010-524020
Si-brown
MHGS0010-533010
10
MHGS0010-533020
MHGS0010-504010
10
MHGS0010-504020
MHGS0010-523010
10
MHGS0010-523020
mill finish
MHGS0010-500010
10
MHGS0010-500020
INOX-look
MHGS0010-800010
10
MHGS0010-800020
Handle LM Globe
Si-silver
MHGA0010-525010
10
MHGA0010-525020
lockable/TBT
EV1
MHGA0010-524010
10
MHGA0010-524020
Si-brown
MHGA0010-533010
10
MHGA0010-533020
MHGA0010-504010
10
MHGA0010-504020
MHGA0010-523010
10
MHGA0010-523020
INOX-look
MHGA0010-800010
10
MHGA0010-800020
Si-silver
MHGS1000-525010
10
MHGS1000-525020
Si-brown
MHGS1000-533010
10
MHGS1000-533020
MHGS1000-504010
10
MHGS1000-504020
MHGS1000-523010
10
MHGS1000-523020
mill finish
MHGS1000-500010
10
MHGS1000-500020
Si-silver
MHGS2000-525010
10
MHGS2000-525020
lockable/TBT
Si-brown
MHGS2000-533010
10
MHGS2000-533020
MHGS2000-504010
10
MHGS2000-504020
MHGS2000-523010
10
MHGS2000-523020
mill finish
MHGS2000-500010
10
MHGS2000-500020
Si-silver
MHGA2000-525010
10
MHGA2000-525020
lockable/TBT
Si-brown
MHGA2000-533010
10
MHGA2000-533020
MHGA2000-504010
10
MHGA2000-504020
MHGA2000-523010
10
MHGA2000-523020
mill finish
MHGA2000-500010
10
MHGA2000-500020
Handle LM Globe
Handle LM Globe DG
H48.ZUBHLS007en
Page 3
Material No..
Material No..
Catch 34
MHSM0010-100010
Catch PSK
MHSM0030-100010
(no illustration)
104 1)
84
98
right hand
left hand
left hand
H48.ZUBHLS007en
Page 4
ALU Accessories
Handle Globe RR
Handle Globe RR lockable/TBT
Always check the planning manual on aluminium
(H4006.3042EN) for further details and specifications/information regarding the product and liability (guidelines: VHBH, TBDK
and VHBE).
6/7/8
All dimensions given are final dimensions after the surface of the
sections has been treated (painted, powder coated etc.).
2
1a
1b
5
Item
Quantity
(smallest pakking unit)
1a
1b
2
3
4
5
1
2
1
2
-+
1
2
1
2
1
Material no.
Silver
MHGS0020-525010
10
MHGS0020-525020
White RAL
9016
MHGS0020-504010
10
MHGS0020-504020
ESLG
MHGS0020-800010
10
MHGS0020-800020
Mill finish
MHGS0020-500010
10
MHGS0020-500020
Silver
MHGA0020-525010
10
MHGA0020-525020
White RAL
9016
MHGA0020-504010
10
MHGA0020-504020
ESLG
MHGA0020-800010
10
MHGA0020-800020
Mill finish
MHGA0020-500010
10
MHGA0020-500020
(see page 2)
MZHG0010-100010
50
MZHG0010-100050
(see page 2)
MZHG0020-100010
50
MZHG0020-100050
(see page 2)
MZHG0030-100010
50
MZHG0030-100050
(see page 2)
MZHG0040-100010
50
MZHG0040-100050
(without illustration)
MMGI0080-100010
20
MMGI0080-100030
(without illustration)
MMGI0090-100010
20
MMGI0090-100030
(see page 3)
MAEW0040-000010
10
MAEW0040-000020
Handle Globe RR
Material no.
Handle RR
Handle RR lockable/TBT
Cheese head screw
Rose RR
Countersunk tapping screw PH 3.9 x 13
Key 2 W 145
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
1
1
Essential Hardware
9
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
Adapter 8 mm
Accessories Handle Globe RR USH-9
MM
Adapter 9 mm
Accessories Handle Globe RR USH10
MM
Adapter 10 mm
Accessories Handle Globe RR USH12
MM
Adapter 12 mm
Jig
H48.ZUBHLS006en/1
Contents
Layout of fittings, part list...................................
Sash and frame details......................................
Installation procedure.......................................
Information on TBT function..................................
2014-07
Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4
H48.ZUBHLS006en
0...1
Assembly instructions
Description
H48.ZUBHLS006en
Page 1
Important Instructions
Handle Globe RR / Handle Globe RR lockable /TBT Sash and frame details
12 4)
15
20
(22)
(22)
(22)
d.
15
R5
R5
R5
(22)
15
20
10 3)
15
20
8 1)
9 2)
15
20
Mi
29
72
1) Rebate height 8 mm
2) Rebate height 9 mm
3) Rebate height 10 mm
4) Rebate height 12 mm
Centre of fitting
groove
Y-Y
12
11
28,5
6,5
10 Cutter
a.
Sash preparation
a. Open operating rod guiding groove (Figure 2).
b. Perform section processing for handle Globe RR
(Figures 1+2).
> 42
b2
R5
b.
10 mm (Figure 2).
d. Processing for rebate height
12 mm (see view X).
19
72
10
10
b.
R5
15
2,4
c.
b1
23
Figure 1
Figure 2
H48.ZUBHLS006en
Page 2
Important Instructions
Handle Globe RR / Handle Globe RR lockable Installation procedure
Item assignment
Installation
a. Position adapter (6/7) on ESG LM M6/ESG LM
6/7/8
a.
4
3
b.
Coupling
screw M6
S2
d.
e.
R5
R5
c.
e. Screw ESG LM M6/ESG LM FBS M6 in the operating rod punch hole 5.2 using coupling screw M6
(PZ 2, torque 2.75 Nm 0.25 Nm) (Figure 2).
f. Position rose (3) on the notch in the sash section as
72
Y
e.
S1
Figure 2
d.
15
Figure 3
f.
g.
DK/D
TBT
DK/D
TBT
Figure 5
h.
Figure 6
Disassembly
i. Insert the disassembly pin into the designated
(Figure 7).
k.
i.
Disassembly pin
j.
Figure 7
H48.ZUBHLS006en
Page 3
Condition of despatch:
Usage:
-DK/-D right
-DK/-D left
-TBT right
Modification to:
Usage:
-TBT left
Disassembly
a. Insert the spring ball into the square
a.
18
c. b.
spindle.
c. Rotate cylinder by 180.
d. Position of projecting lug.
Installation
e.
f Handle RR lockable./TBT
can nowbe used for TBT left
application.
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
d.
H48.ZUBHLS006en
Page 4
ALU accessories
Size 1 limiter with cushioning
Size 2 limiter with cushioning
1/2
4/5
1
3
4
1
1
1
Size 1 cushioning
Locking screw M4
Top hinge block A0006
1
3
1
1
Size 1 cushioning
Locking screwM4
Top hinge block A0004/A0022
2
3
4
1
1
1
Size 2 cushioning
Locking screw M4
Top hinge block A0006
2
3
5
1
1
1
Size 2 cushioning
Locking screw M4
Top hinge block A0004/A0022
A0006
Material no.
Material no.
MSBR0050-100010
10
MSBR0050-100020
MSBR0060-100010
10
MSBR0060-100020
MSBR0070-100010
10
MSBR0070-100020
MSBR0080-100010
10
MSBR0080-100020
A0004
A0022
H48.ZUBHLS015en/0
Windows/French doors
min.
max.
470 to 1000
1001 to 1600
Sash weight
max.
100 kg
150 kg
Table of Contents
Scope of application ............................................Page 1
Important notes .....................................................Page 2
2014-07
H48.ZUBHLS015en
Description
Assembly instructions
Pc.
No.
H48.ZUBHLS015en
Page 1
Excessive strain
Bearing components can break if they are exposed to excessive strain. If this happens, the window sash may fall out, leading to serious injuries.
If the hinge parts may be subject to excessive strain under certain conditions (use in schools, nursery schools, etc.), appropriate measures must be taken to prevent
this from happening,
such as using turning locks or tilt-before-turn opening types (TBT).
If in any doubt, please contact your SIEGENIA sales consultant.
Any surface treatment applied to the window surfaces after the assembly of the hardware components may limit their functionality.
Corrosive materials, dirt and moisture may damage hardware components and cause hazards.
Do not use acetic or acid-releasing sealants.
Do not use the hardware components in environments where the air contains aggressive or corrosive components.
Keep all rebates free of debris and dirt, especially cement and plaster residue.
Keep the hardware dry.
Only clean the hardware with a soft cloth and mild, diluted pH-neutral cleaning agents.
The hardware must not be exposed to abrasive cleaners or aggressive, acidic cleaning agents.
Dry the hardware after cleaning.
Attach the user information sticker to the installed window or door element so that it is easily visible. Provide the user with the following documents:
- Maintenance and cleaning instructions
- Operating instructions
Exclusion of liability
We assume no liability for malfunctions and damage to the hardware, or to the windows and French doors equipped with the hardware,
where such malfunctions and damage are the result of insufficient tendering information, failure to follow these installation instructions or forceful impact (e.g. due to
improper use and handling).
H48.ZUBHLS015en
Page 2
Sash
Frame
Insert size 1/2 cushioning (1/2) below into the sash groove horizontally and position according to measurements (see Fig.
1).Secure grub screws (see Fig. 2) (torque 3 +0.5 Nm).
Insert top hinge block (4/5) into the frame groove and position according to measurements (see Fig. 1) and
clamp using grub screws without any ends protruding (see Fig. 3) (torque 1.5 0.25 Nm).
Note: Screw in the grub screws so there are no protruding ends (see figures on page 4).
Secure connecting rod on cushioning (1/2) on to top hinge block (4/5) using locking screw M4 (3) (see Fig. 4)
(torque 2.5 + 0.25 Nm).
1 -
4!
Gr. 1 = 69
Gr. 2 = 120
Frame
1/2
4/5
Sash
Fig. 2
90
0,25
4/5
Fig. 3
4
3
4/5
1/2
Final assembly
1/2
1
A
falls out!
> Do not lubricate or oil the guide rod for the limiter with
cushioning (Fig. 1).
Fig. 1
Fig. 4
H48.ZUBHLS015en
Page 3
A0006
A0004/A0022
Without any protruding ends
13
5
Installation of the limiter with cushioning at the bottom of the hinge side (BSU)
Installation at the top of the hinge side will cause the hinge
side to break.
There is a risk of injury if the window sash falls out!
> Only install the limiter with cushioning at the bottom of the hinge side,
as shown in the figure opposite.
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3, 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.ZUBHLS015en
Page 4
ALU accessories
Brake stay with cushioning - short
Brake stay with cushioning - long
4
5/6
7
2
No.
Pc.
Material description
1
2
3
4
5
1
1
1
1
1
Spring
Top hinge block
1
2
3
4
6
1
1
1
1
1
Spring
Top hinge block
Stop
Filling piece for end position cushioning
Brake stay ALU - long
LH
Material no.
Material no.
MSBR0100-100010
50
MSBR0100-100050
MSBR0120-100010
50
MSBR0120-100050
800867
40
257562
Stop
Filling piece for end position cushioning
Brake stay ALU - short
Countersunk screw M5 x 19
Fig. 1
Windows/Patio doors
min.
max.
450 to 1000
1001 to 1600
H48.ZUBHLS017en/0
Note: For hardware ranges ALU 5200, ALU 4200, ALU 2200, ALU DK/TBT200, ALU D300
Table of contents
Size range.............................................................Page 1
Important notes .....................................................Page 2
2014-06
H48.ZUBHLS017en
Assembly instructions
RH
H48.ZUBHLS017en
Page 1
Important information
Brake stay with cushioning - - Important information
Important information
- Please observe our product information Tilt & turn hardware for windows and patio doors.
- The information about the size range on page 1 is binding for the hardware described in these assembly instructions.
Please also note the information in the assembly instructions below.
- The hardware components specified in these assembly instructions are made from rust-resistant material. They must not be used
in environments where the air contains aggressive or corrosive components.
- Install all hardware components properly following the assembly instructions on pages 3 and 4.
- Window and door elements may only be surface treated before installing the hardware components. Treating these surfaces
at a later stage can reduce the functional capacity of the hardware components.
In such cases we are not obliged to honour any warranty.
- When inserting blocks, be sure to observe technical guideline no. 3 published by the German Glazing Trade
[Glaserhandwerk], Blocking glazing units [Klotzung von Verglasungseinheiten].
- Never use acetic or acid cure sealants as they can cause the hardware components to corrode.
- Keep all rebates free from deposits and dirt.
Exclusion of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the hardware (as well as the windows and patio doors that are equipped with
them) resulting from inadequate tendering, failure to follow these installation instructions or from force being applied to the hardware
(e.g. through improper use).
22
21 +1
15
10 to 14
LM euro-groove
H48.ZUBHLS017en
Page 2
Sash
Note: The groove in the filling piece for end position cushioning (4) must be pressed
down into the stop (3) as shown in the figure opposite.
Fig. 2
A Clip spring (1) into pre-assembly position (DIN right/left) onto top hinge block (2) (Fig. 3).
B Insert top hinge block (2) into frame groove, position according to measurement X (see table and Fig. 4) and clamp tight
with a grub screw (torque 2.5 0.25 Nm).
Frame
RH
LH
Fig. 3
Opening angle
Measurements in mm
90
X
60
104
124
216
Assembly of the brake stay ALU on the hinge side at the bottom (BSU)
Risk of injury if the window sash falls out!
-The sash limiter ALU can only be assembled on the
hinge side at the bottom.
Guide piece
90
Stop
X
Top hinge block
Fig. 4
H48.ZUBHLS017en
Page 3
Sash
Guide piece
Stay arm
Fig. 5
Stop
Fig. 6
Hanging
the sash limiter
(Fig. 7)
A Insert stop bolt for brake stay ALU short/long (5/6) into
the designated drill hole (DIN right/left) in the top hinge block (2).
Snap the spring (1) into its end position in the top hinge block (2).
Make sure that the stop bolt of the sash limiter ALU short/long
(5/6) is secured.
Fig. 7
Calibration
Adjust the cheese head screw on the guide piece,
so that the sash has a noticeable turn resistance.
Brakingeffect
Adjust by screwing in or unscrewing the cheese head screw on the guide piece (Fig. 5).
Tool:
Hexagon screwdriver
4 mm.
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3, 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.ZUBHLS017en
Page 4
ALU accessory
ALU sash lift
Item
Pcs.
1
2
3
1
1
1
Material no.
Description
LM sash lift
MMFH0010-100010
Material no.
20
MMFH0010-100030
Assembly instructions
(1)
H48.ZubhLS014en_0_2013-03
21 +1
LM eurogroove
H48.ZubhLS014en
H48.ZUBHLS014en
Page 1
Accessory
LM sash lift assembly instructions
Preparation
steps:
LI
Fig. 2
(VSU)
Frame
97
Fig. 3
1
(VSU)
91
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Frame
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG - Beschlag- und Lftungstechnik
Postfach 10 05 51 - 57005 Siegen, Germany
Phone +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.ZubhLS014en
Page 2
Accessories ALU
Turning Lock ALU
1a/1b
Qty.
Description
turning Lock LM1)
silver
MMDS0010-525010
50
MMDS0010-525050
brown
white RAL
882344
50
270585
882320
50
270554
black
882337
50
270578
silver
MMDS0040-525010
50
MMDS0040-525050
brown
white RAL
MMDS0040-533010
50
MMDS0040-533050
MMDS0040-504010
50
MMDS0040-504050
9016
9016
1a
1b
2
3
4
5
1)
2)
3)
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
turning Lock LM
turning Lock LM USH 12MM
set screw M5 x 12
lock
packer 3)
key 2W 145
22
21 +1
15
H48.ZUBHLS002en/1
10 to 14
6,5 - 10 1)
11 - 12 2)
LM Euronut
2014-07
Material no.
H48.ZUBHLS002en
Material no.
Installation Instructions
Pos.
H48.ZUBHLS002en
Page1
WLm Zubehr
Turning Lock ALU - Assembly Instructions, Important Notes
Assembly Instructions
Preparation
Pre drill the holes in the sash for the Turning Lock LM (1) (Figures 1 and 2) .
Sash
Position the Turning Lock LM (1) in the corresponding holes 12,5 (Figure 1) and secure with
the set screws (2) (Torque 2,5 0,25 Nm).
Frame
A Fix the lock (3) in the frame once aligned with the turning lock (1) by tightening the grub screws.
B For profiles with an upstand from 6,5 to 7,5 mm insert the packer (4) in the groove on the
underside of the lock (3).
26
12, 1)
11,5
5,2
13, 2)
6,5 - 10 1)
min. 250
11 - 12 2)
Figure 1
Figure 3
Important Notes
- Please take note of our Product information for windows and doors.
- The specifications for size range given in installation instructions
are also valid for the components described in this document.
- The fittings described in this instruction are made of non corroding materials.
They must not be installed for use in aggressive corrosion promoting air conditions.
- Do not use SIEGENIA-fittings with other parts; otherwise difficulties can arise for which we
cannot be held responsible.
- Assemble the components as described in this installation leaflet.
- The surfaces of windows and doors should be treated (eg painted) prior to the assembly of the fittings.
- Post-treatment of the surfaces can be detrimental to the function of the fittings and in this instance we are released
from the obligations of our guarantee .
Liability Exclusion
We accept no liability in respect of any damages or malfunctions caused by or to the hardware or the windows
fitted with them, as a result of incorrect and inappropiate specifications or other information provided by the customer,
failure to follow these instructions, wilful damage or negligence or misuse or alteration or repair of or
an exertion of excessive force to the hardware by the user or customer.
H48.ZUBHLS002en
Page 2
Accessories ALU
Snapper ALU
Snapper ALU - DS
Pos.
1
2
3
4
5
Qty.
Description
Snapper LM
1
1
1
1
1
1
snapper LM
countersunk screw B4,2 x 22
sleeve
Material no.
Snapper LM - DS
Material no.
817957
50
219744
817940
50
219737
snapper LM
run up block
20
22
21 +1
15
H48.ZUBHLS010en/0
10 bis 14
LM euro-groove
2014-07
H48.ZUBHLS010en
For accessories to Siegenia ALU Fittings the information about LM eurogroove on aluminium profiles for windows and window-doors applies.
Installation Instruction
H48.ZUBHLS010en
Page 1
WLm Zubehr
Assembly instructions
Snapper ALU
Preparation
Sash
Attach the sleeve (3) to the sash using the countersunk tapping screw (2) (fig. 2)
(torque 1.5 0.25 Nm, B4).
Frame
Locate LM snapper (1) as shown (fig. 3) and clamp it using the grub screw (torque 1.5
0.25 Nm, SW 2.5).
Snapper ALU-DS
Sash
Insert run-up block (5) horizontally on VSU, position in center and tighten with
grub-screws (torque 1,5 0,25 Nm).
Position snapper ALU-DS (4) horizontally and in the center of the VSU below run-up block
(5) and tighten with grub-screws (torque 1,5 0,25 Nm).
S1
50
10
fig. 1
fig. 2
(min. 420)
Frame
bei KPS
fig. 3
Important information
- Please observe our product information Tilt & turn hardware for windows and patio doors.
- For the hardware described in these assembly instructions the information on applicable size ranges in the specific ALU-assembly
instructions must be observed.
- The hardware components specified in these assembly instructions are made from rust-resistant material.
- Assemble window hardware only from SIEGENIA-components. We are not responsible for damages resulting from failure to
follow this instruction.
- Install all hardware components properly following the assembly instructions on this page.
- Never use acetic or acid cure sealants as they can cause the hardware components to corrode.
- Window and door elements may only be surface treated before installing the hardware components. Treating these surfaces
at a later stage can reduce the functional capacity of the hardware components.
In such cases we are not obliged to honour any warranty.
Exclusion of liability
We assume no liability for loss of function and damage to the hardware (as well as the windows and patio doors that are equipped with
them) resulting from inadequate tendering, failure to follow these installation instructions or from force being applied to the hardware
(e.g. through improper use).
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3 D-57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Telefon +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.ZUBHLS010en
Page 2
Beschlagliste
WLm Zubehr
Spaltlftung ALU-D - Montageanleitung, Wichtige Hinweise
Montageanleitung
A Bohrungen 4,2 fr Schlieteile (7) nach Maangaben (Bild 1) am Rahmen vornehmen.
B Schubstangen S1 - S2 nach Angaben (Bild 2) bearbeiten.
Flgel
Rahmen
A Schlieteile (7) nach Maangaben (Bild1) positionieren und mit Senkschrauben M5 x 13 (6)
befestigen (Drehmoment 2,5 0,25 Nm).
B Kippschlieteil (8) an der VSU in die Nut einlegen, bis Nutanfang schieben und mit Gewindestift
festklemmen (Drehmoment 1,5 0,25 Nm).
108
35
Vorbereitung
9,5
Hinweis:
Bei Spaltlftungsstellung 90
(Bild 4) betrgt die Spaltbreite
an der VS ca. 10 mm.
75
108
S1 = G1 - 150
S2 = G2 - 150
4,2
5,2
Bild 1
Bild 2
Bild 3
Bild 4
Wichtige Hinweise
- Beachten Sie unsere Produkt-Information Drehkippbeschlge fr Fenster- und Fenstertren.
- Fr den in dieser Anschlaganleitung beschriebenen Beschlag gelten verbindlich die Angaben der Anwendungsbereiche in den jeweils gltigen Anschlaganleitungen LM.
- Die in dieser Anschlaganleitung beschriebenen Beschlagteile sind aus nichtrostendem Werkstoff .
Sie drfen nicht in Umgebungen mit aggressiven, korrosionsfrdernden Luftinhalten verwendet werden.
- Stellen Sie den Gesamtbeschlag nur aus SIEGENIA-- Beschlagteilen zusammen. Andernfalls knnen Schden
auftreten, fr die wir keine Haftung bernehmen.
- Verwenden Sie keine essig- oder surevernetzenden Dichtstoffe, da diese zur Korrosion der Beschlagteile fhren
knnen.
- Montieren Sie alle Beschlagteile fachgerecht nach der Montageanleitung auf dieser Seite.
Haftungsausschluss
Wir haften nicht fr Funktionsstrungen und Beschdigungen der Beschlge sowie der damit ausgestatteten Fenster- und
Fenstertren, die auf unzureichende Ausschreibung, Nichtbeachtung dieser Anschlaganleitung oder Gewalteinwirkung
auf den Beschlag (z.B. durch nicht bestimmungsgemen Gebrauch) zurckzufhren sind.
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3 D-57234 Wilnsdorf
Telefon +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
H48.ZUBHLS012de
Seite 2
ALU Accessories
Gear set M6
Gear set FBS M6
Always check the planning manual on aluminium (H4006.3042EN)
for further details and specifications/information regarding the product
and liability (guidelines: VHBH, TBDK and VHBE).
All dimensions given are final dimensions after the surface of the
sections has been treated (painted, powder coated etc.).
3
1
6
1
Mishandling device
Item
Quantity
1
1
Window handle
7 mm x 25 mm
3
4
1
2
1
6
7
1
2
Material no.
(cam 10mm)
Countersunk screw M5
x 35
ESG LM M6
Coupling screw M6
Material no.
Description
Countersunk screw M5
x 35
ESG LM FBS M6
Coupling screw M6
MMGI0090-100010
20
MMGI0090-100030
KDNA0230-000010
KDNA0230-000010
MGIL0120-100010
KWNA0010-000010
MGIL0120-100010
KWNA0010-000010
MMGI0080-100010
20
MMGI0080-100030
KDNA0230-000010
KDNA0230-000010
MGIL0110-100010
KWNA0010-000010
MGIL0110-100010
KWNA0010-000010
H48.ZUBHLS005en_0_2012-07
Section suggestion
For section processing dimensions, see
page 3
Contents
Layout of fittings, part list,
Section suggestion....................................
Assignment, abbreviations.....................
Installation procedure, dimensions..............
Jigs and punching machines...............................
2014-07
Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4
H48.ZUBHLS005en
Assembly instructions
H48.ZUBHLS005en
Page 1
Important Instructions
Gear set M6 / FBS M6 - Assignment to gear set and abbreviations
Installation variants
VS LM-DK FBS-EUL KPS
VS LM-TBT FBS-EUL KPS
VS LM-DK-TBT FBS-EUL KPW
Installation variants
VS LM-DK FBS-G KPS
VS LM-TBT FBS-G KPS
VS LM-DK-TBT FBS-G KPW
5,2
S1 = G1 - 195 (KPS)
S1 = G1 - 233 (KPW)
5,2
5,2
S1 = G1 - 195 (KPS)
S1 = G1 - 233 (KPW)
5,2
S2 = G2 - 195
S2 = G2 - 238
Gear set M6
(see items 2-4 on page 1)
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used
in these assembly instructions:
b
Sash height
b1
Handle height, bottom
b2
Handle height, top
DK
Tilt and turn
FBS
Mishandling device
FBS-EUL Mishandling device in
corner drive
KPS
Tilt point vertical
MV
Centre lock
Nm
Torque in Nm
PZ
TBT
VSO
VSU
Screwdriver size
Tilt before turn
Locking side, top
Locking side, bottom
S1
S2
H48.ZUBHLS005en
Page 2
Important Instructions
Gear set LM M6 / LM FBS M6 - Installation procedure and dimensions
Preparation
a Perform section processing for window handle
G2
instructions on page 2.
a
a
G1
Figure 1
Figure 2
Sash
d Insert ESG LM M6 / ESG LM FBS M6 (3/6) into the
Figure 4
Figure 3
Frame
g At b > 1250 mm, position striker according to the di-
Figure 5
H48.ZUBHLS005en
Page 3
Description
Jig Trial
LM-ESG
Clamping surface
MMAH0010000010
Contact edge
(depends on profile)
consisting of:
Material no.
Slot drill1)
10 mm
ZAWE0050000010
G1
Perform processing.
After processing, release the handles on the clamping devices and
remove jig.
Figure 6
Contact edge
Clamping
surface
Remove the
remaining
section legs.
Figure 7
SIEGENIA-AUBI KG
Industriestrae 1-3 57234 Wilnsdorf, Germany
Tel. +49 271 39 31-0 - Fax +49 271 39 31-3 33
on request
H48.ZUBHLS005en
Page 4
LM Range
Jigs and tools
part code
Description
Combi tool
handle preparation
141243
Suitable punch
BST 105 (15 mm stroke)
Punching tool 68
141236
141267
(LM 3100)
Suitable punch
BST 105 (15 mm stroke)
Punching tool E
H48.ZUBHLS009en_0_2012-07
2012-07
Jig LM-E
consisting of:
Jig EL LM-E
for sash
Contents:12 off
156926
Jig EB LM-E
for frame
Contents:1 off
156919
863022
H48.ZUBHLS009en
Page 1
WLm Zubehr
Jigs and tools LM
Description
part code
157220
Striker jig LM
157435
Locking Side
Jig LM
LM 4200-DK mit MV
LM 4200-DK (VS)
EB-LM 4200/BS
LM 4200-DK mit MV
Striker jig LM
157442
157459
LM 4200-DK (VS)
Striker jig LM
LM 4200-D (VS) A0102
10
Jig LM
130001
10 mm
(30)
L - 30
B
"A" 10
"B"
10
10
130018
10 mm
6 - 7 bar
10
10
H48.ZUBHLS009en
Page 2
WLm Zubehr
Jigs and tools LM
Bezeichnung
209
305
635
Jig LM
(EB - stay)
EAN 40 12453
141151
(LM 3100)
Jig LM (BS)
141182
(LM 3100)
157398
Handle preparation
Opening of drive gear groove
Cropping and punching both
sides 5.2 mm
Punching 5.2 mm
Punching 10 mm
Punching7,1 mm at a spacing
of 24 mm and 50 mm
(with EF2 for safety piece E)
Punching7,1 mm at a spacing
of 10 mm (with EF2 for coupling
bracket E)
Punched hole for locking parts E
157404
Combi punching
machine LM
H48.ZUBHLS009en
Page 3
WLm Zubehr
Jigs and tools LM
part code
143124
143131
for catches
143087
Jig EB 644-4
143094
Requirement: 1 off
Adjusting rod
143117
143100
139202
139219
Countersunk screw
M5x16
801147
Requirement: 24 off
Clamping device
Requirement: 2 off
Jig EB 645-2
Requirement: 4 off
Jig EB 644-3
Requirement: 1 off
Requirement: 2 off
Stop
Requirement: 2 off
Clamping device
Requirement: 9 off
Clamping device
A0089
Requirement: 3 off
(No illustration)
H48.ZUBHLS009en
Page 4
WLm Zubehr
Jigs and tools LM
part code
142967
142950
143001
Requirement: 1 off
bottom rail
143032
157503
143049
Requirement: 1 off
cover caps K.
EL 640-2
Requirement: 1 off
Clamping jpg
KL 640-4
Requirement: 3 off
Requirement: 1 off
Drilling jig
PSK-PORTAL
Requirement: 1 off
H48.ZUBHLS009en
Page 5
part code
157237
for EB 650-3
157237
Requirement: 1 off
Adjusting rod
Requirement: 1 off
Assembly key
139325
(LM 3100)
Multitool
127629
Bit
857113
Allen Key,
157947
Allen Key
Hexagon 2.5 mm
141274
Allen Key
Hexagon 4 mm
139394
Professional
H48.ZUBHLS009en
Page 6
Sash width
Sash height
Exterior width of frame
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
Rebate thickness
Sash weight
(mm)
(kg)
700 to 1,6501)
850 to 2,400
Depends on the profile system,
determined by the sash width,
for scheme A: max. 3,460
7 to 12
Max. 160
(mm)
118
1) For sash widths < 960 mm, the sash height must not be greater than 2.5x the sash width.
The size ranges mentioned above apply for the PSK-PORTAL 160 PLUS LM fitting from SIEGENIA.
Table of contents
Size range............................................................. Page
Layout of fittings.................................................... Page
List of fittings part1 ............................................... Page
List of fittings part2 ............................................... Page
Important instructions, abbreviations................... Page
Design variations .................................................. Page
Fitting diagram scheme C (I) ............................... Page
Fitting diagram scheme C (II) .............................. Page
Scheme C.............................................................. Page
Hinging and unhinging the stay arms ................. Page
22.11.2013
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
H48.PSKLMS001EN
Also effective are the specifications of the profile manufacturers or system owners, especially with regard to
possible restrictions on sash dimensions, sash weight and lock spacing.
Observe any special manufacturing specifications or processing guidelines explicitly.
Assembly instructions
Size range
Page 1
35
28
39
39
6
38
37
9
36
12
10
13
13
11
12
12
16
17
18
1a
1b
1a
1b
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Cover rail L
Connecting rod
Guiding rail
Cover rail F
Running rail
Cover cap L right
Cover cap L left
Cover cap F right
Cover cap F left
Stop
Stop body
Stop sleeve
Locking part
Supporting piece L
35
36
37
38
39
Tilt stay
Cover rail K LM
Cover cap K LM right
Cover cap K LM left
Distance piece
12
13
12
11
12
11
14
14
10
10
13
27
12
15
26
15
12
21
4
34
2
7
7
32 31
30
3
33
22
25
Page 2
Material no.
K
Description
silver
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...2
0...2
0...2
0...2
0...2
0...2
1
1
5
12
30
1
1
5
12
30
1
1
10
24
60
1
1
10
24
60
2
1
2
1
4
2
4
2
Slider
Key PORTAL
3
3
8
4
2
2
3
3
8
4
2
2
6
6
16
8
4
4
6
6
16
8
4
4
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...1
0...2
0...2
0...2
9 mm
10 mm
ORH 12 mm
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
no illus.
5
6
7
no illus.
generally required
Quantity/Scheme
G
C
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
right
left
Bogie wheels V
right
(PSK 160 Plus)
left
Bogie wheels H
right
(PSK 160 Plus)
left
Supporting part S LM
right
Supporting part S LM
left
Cheese head screw M5 x 18
Flowdrill screw M5 x 20
Flowdrill screw M4 x 20
brown
MHSS2000-52501_
875445
875476
MHGS2000-52501_
MHGS2000-50401_
MHGS2000-53301_
See LMde1337 in the Aluminium planning manual
PMKF7031-10001_
PMKF7032-10001_
white
front
front
rear
rear
PLWJ0011-10001_
PLWJ0012-10001_
PLWJ0021-10001_
PLWJ0022-10001_
316212-100
316211-100
824337
317276-001
317277-001
PMZJ0030-00001_
PFZJ0020-09901_
719381
MMZV0040-10001_
859322
819272
859322
849149
819173
819197
MMKL0030-10001_
MMKL0010-10001_
MMKL0040-10001_
859322
819272
849149
MMKL0020-10001_
859322
849149
ORH
Material no.
7 - 10 mm
8.5 mm
MMKL0030-10001_
7 - 10 mm
7.5 mm
MMKL0010-10001_
12 mm
7 mm
MMKL0040-10001_
7 - 10
12
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
Page 3
1)
2)
Material no.
Description
3)
Size
21
22
23
24
25
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Bag accessories
Running rail PSK PLUS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Stop
Stop body
Stop sleeve
Locking part
Supporting piece L
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
2,000
2,400
2,860
3,460
PMPF7050
PMPF7060
PMPF7070
PMPF7080
...-52501_
...-52501_
...-52501_
...-52501_
...-50201_
...-50201_
...-50201_
...-50201_
...-51201_
...-51201_
...-51201_
...-51201_
-52501_
-52501_
-52501_
-52501_
50201_
50201_
50201_
50201_
51201_
51201_
51201_
51201_
PMZF0010
-02501_
...-00201_
...-01201_
PKAF7011
-02501_
00201_
01201_
PKAF7012
-02501_
00201_
01201_
PKAJ0041
-02501_
889770
889800
865
1,065
1,295
1,550
PPAJ0130
PPAJ0140
PPAJ0150
PPAJ0160
Connecting rod
Sz. 87
Sz. 107
Sz. 130
Sz. 160
585
785
1,015
1,270
714782
714751
714768
714775
Guiding rail
Sz. 200
Sz. 240
Sz. 286
Sz. 346
2,000
2,400
2,860
3,460
890165
890196
890226
890257
Cover rail F
Sz. 200
Sz. 240
Sz. 286
Sz. 346
2,000
2,400
2,860
3,460
889862
889916
889961
890011
Sz. 200
Sz. 240
Sz. 286
Sz. 346
Bag Cover cap set PSK LM PLUS
Cover cap L
right
Cover cap L
left
Cover cap F
right
Cover cap F
left
2,000
2,400
2,860
3,460
PPLJ0130-52401_
PPLJ0140-52401_
PPLJ0150-52401_
PPLJ0160-52401_
87
107
130
160
Length
FB
(in mm)
(in mm)
620
700 to 900
820
901 to 1,100
1,020 1,101 to 1,300
1,220 1,301 to 1,650
FB
(in mm)
700 to 900
901 to 1,100
1,101 to 1,300
1,301 to 1,650
Cover rail K LM
Sz. 87
Sz. 107
Sz. 130
Sz. 160
940
1,140
1,370
1,670
Cover cap K LM
right
Cover cap K LM
left
36
37
38
39
87
107
130
160
Size
1)
2)
3)
RAL 8022
brown
Sz. 87
Sz. 107
Sz. 130
Sz. 160
Size
35
RAL 9003
white
Cover rail L
Running rail
27
silver
Length
(in mm)
Sz. 87/200
Sz. 107/240
Sz. 130/286
Sz. 160/346
26
FB
RAB
(in mm)
(in mm)
700 to 900
to
901 to 1,100 2,001 to
1,101 to 1,300 2,401 to
1,301 to 1,650 2,861 to
PKAJ0042-
-02501_
889824
889855
PMZJ0050
-100011
...-100011
...-01201_
358850-001
358850-001
358850-004
381290-001
381290-001
381290-002
381290-001
381290-001
381290-002
358850-001
358850-001
358850-004
381290-001
381290-001
381290-002
716526
716533
716540
716557
PMPF7090
PMPF7100
PMPF7110
PMPF7120
...-52501_
...-52501_
...-52501_
...-52501_
...-50201_
...-50201_
...-50201_
...-50201_
...-51201_
...-51201_
...-51201_
...-51201_
PPAJ0130PPAJ0140PPAJ0150PPAJ0160-
52501_
52501_
52501_
52501_
50201_
50201_
50201_
50201_
51201_
-51201_
-51201_
-51201_
714782
714751
714768
714775
890165
890196
890226
890257
889862
889916
889961
890011
For scheme G, design profile set only for 2/3 of total frame width
For scheme C, symmetrical design; point of separation must be between the sliding sashes
For scheme K, symmetrical design
Page 4
PSK PORTAL
DIN rechts
DIN right
DIN droit
Bitte den passenden Aufkleber ablsen und gut sichtbar am Parallel-Schiebe-Kippflgel anbringen.
Please remove suitable sticker and affix it in a clearly visible way to the sash of the installed parallel-tilt-sliding unit.
Retirer lauto-collant pertinent et le placer bien visiblement sur le vanail coulissant.
Hebelstellung PZ mit Hebel innen und auen
Handle position PZ with handle inside and outside
Hebelstellung wie Dreh-Kippbeschlag
Handle position as turn and tilt
Position de poigne cylindre avec poigne
Position de la poigne selon OB
intrieure et extrieure
Hebelstellung Standard
Handle position basic
Position standard del poigne
Verschlustellung
Locked position
Position ferme
Verschlustellung
Locked position
Position ferme
Kippstellung
Tilt position
Position pivotante
Schiebestellung
Sliding position
Position coulissante
Kippstellung
Tilt position
Position pivotante
Schiebestellung
Sliding position
Position coulissante
Kippstellung
Tilt position
Position pivotante
Schiebestellung
Sliding position
Position coulissante
Verschlustellung
Locked position
Position ferme
04187
Bitte den passenden Aufkleber ablsen und gut sichtbar am Parallel-Schiebe-Kippflgel anbringen.
Please remove suitable sticker and affix it in a clearly visible way to the sash of the installed parallel-tilt-sliding unit.
Retirer lauto-collant pertinent et le placer bien visiblement sur le vanail coulissant.
PSK PORTAL
DIN links
DIN left
DIN gauche
Hebelstellung Standard
Handle position basic
Position standard del poigne
Verschlustellung
Locked position
Position ferme
Verschlustellung
Locked position
Position ferme
Schiebestellung
Sliding position
Position coulissante
Kippstellung
Tilt position
Position pivotante
Disclaimer of liability
Schiebestellung
Sliding position
Position coulissante
Material-Nr. 7004188
Kippstellung
Tilt position
Position pivotante
Kippstellung
Tilt position
Position pivotante
Schiebestellung
Sliding position
Position coulissante
Verschlustellung
Locked position
Position ferme
We assume no liability for loss of function of or damage to the fittings (or to the fitted parallel tilt & slide
elements) resulting from insufficient tendering, failure to follow these assembly instructions or force being applied to the fittings
(e.g. through improper use).
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used in these assembly instructions:
F
FB
FFB
FFH
FH
G
H
L
Guiding rail
Sash width
Sash rebate width
Sash rebate height
Sash height
Handle height
Rear
Bogie wheels
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
M
MV
OKFF
PZ
RAB
RAH
RFB
S
Middle
Centre lock
Finished floor level
Profile cylinder
Exterior width of frame
Exterior height of frame
Frame rebate width
Heavy version
S-ES
SW
ORH
V
VS
VSU
ZV
Steel-enhanced security
Key dimension
Over rebate height
Front
Locking side
Locking side, bottom
Central locking part
Page 5
40a
43
or
DIN right
41
Scheme G
40b
44
42
2)
2)
Scheme K
42
100
1)
Scheme C
23
2)
12
23
1)
2)
2)
For max. sash profile - installation depth up to 100 mm , use rose Si-line FAVORIT (40b).
over 100 mm , use rose PSK EUROLINE (40a).
For installation dimensions and ordering information, see assembly instructions LMde1361/LMde1364 in the Aluminium planning manual.
Item
Quantity
40a
silver
PHZE0010-52401_
PHZE0010-51201_
PHZE0010-50201_
1
41
Material no.
Description
869826
dark bronze
869833
white
42
Gear set M6
43
shortened by customer
44
Countersunk screw M5 x 35
40b
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.13
862605
ZHAN0010-50201_
MMGI0090-10003_
800829
Page 6
12
11
12
13
12
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
10
15
12
35
34
13
FB - 193
FB/2 - 18
14
FB - 160
S7 = FB/2 - 265
10
10
12
FB/2 - 18
14
Frame parts and drive rod lengths for two sash Schema C
13
5,2
13
30 31 32
27
38
39
21
15
22
5,2
S6 = G2 - 125
29
10
10
19
36
20
10
39
1b
26
Page 7
11
1a
11
27
25
33
36
10
10
39
15
1a
14
22
1b
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
12
11
18
17
16
12
12
11
10
38
37
23
24
21
13
34
12
Tilt stay
Cover rail K LM
Cover cap K LM right
Cover cap K LM left
Distance piece
19
20
35
36
37
38
39
16
17
18
Cover rail L
Connecting rod
Guiding rail
Cover rail F
Running rail
Cover cap L right
Cover cap L left
Cover cap F right
Cover cap F left
Stop
Stop body
Stop sleeve
Locking part
Supporting piece L
10
11
12
13
14
15
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
13
15
14
10
39
1a
1b
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
35
26
32 31
12
11
12
13
12
13
37
30
Page 8
28
Scheme C
2.
1.
min. 4
[1.],
[2.]
[2.],
[1.]
Page 9
PSK PORTAL 160 PLUS LM Hinging and unhinging the stay arms
Snap in stay arm of tilt stay (35) into slider (8).
If top hinge bolt is not locked in
place,
23
(Slider)
(a)
(Stay arm)
2. Make sure you hear the top hinge pin (b) click into place in slider (8).
Klick !
3. Pull gently on stay arm (c) to make sure that the top hinge pin
(b)
(c)
(d)
Note: The stay arm safety device in the slider (8) may be
(e)
9
Page 10
+2
--1
14
FH
RAH
21,5
16
4x..
H48.PSKLMS0001EN/22.11.2013
For vertical section, bottom, see page 16.
Page 11
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
Scheme A
FB
Page 12
RAB
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
Page 13
135
85
FB/2 - 18
10 to 14 mm
mm
21+1
85
128
Aluminium windows
Euro - groove in frame
Fitting cavity
FH/2 - 10
173
99
FB/2 - 22
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
Page 14
23
24
16
4x..
14 --1
+2
(20)
Funktionsmae
25
4x..
29
18
If dimension 16 mm
(on page 19) is increased
or decreased,
dimension 46 increases or
decreases
accordingly.
23
25
Length of running rail = frame rebate width + 34 mm
461)
32 31 30
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
Page 15
118
35
29
4x..
20
15
40
5x..
OKFF
Apply
the lining
to the running rail
Tragfhige,
durchgehende
when
assemblingder
the Laufschiene
hardware!
Unterftterung
schon bei Beschlagmontage
anbringen!
18
Page 16
5.2
Griffsitz G2 350
(min. FH/3)
Aluminium windows
Euro - groove in sash
Fitting cavity
Rebate width
15/20
21+1
22
mm
mm
mm
9
5,2
14,5
11,5
Griffsitz G1 350
(min. FH/3)
101
78
98
5,2
17
21 +1
22
4.5
16
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
4.5
4.5
16
Page 17
11
Sash: ZV assembly
13
S3 = FB/2 - 95
13
5,2
S4 = FH/2 - 222
5,2
S2 = G2 - 248
10
16
Verschlussstellung
1a/1b
17
Kippstellung
13
S1 = G1 - 248
Schiebestellung
S5 = FB/2 - 218
10
11
S4 = FH/2 - 222
18
14
S5 = FB/2 - 218
13
14
11
10
Page 18
39
Length = FB - 34
B
38
37
36
D
E
F
G
27
26
Length = FB - 94
4
21
7
Length = FB - 385
F
C
22
E
16
34
2
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
16
3
Page 19
bolzen.
23
(Gleiter)
(a)
(Scherenarm)
Scherenlagerbolzen am Scherenarm im
(Scherenlagerbolzen)
Klick !
(b)
(c)
Adjustment possibilities
If necessary, the function of the tilt stay (35) and height of the parallel tilt
& slide sash can be adjusted after the glass pane is installed.
The locking effect and pressing pressure of the tilt stay can be set using
the SW 4 hexagon socket head wrench.
The height can be adjusted at the front (2) and rear (3) of bogie wheels
using the SW 8 hexagon socket head wrench. The bogie wheel height
adjustment (+4/2 mm) is self-locking.
(e)
(d)
run-in.
Einsetzen Schiebeflgel siehe
Seite 20.
PSKde7010
Seite 10
Druckdatum 12.02.2011
Rahmen
+
Flgel
DIN rechts
Raise
Lower
+4 mm
8
2 mm
2
SIEGENIA KG Hardware and ventilation technology
Am Fohlengarten 6 - 54411 Hermeskeil - Germany
Tel.: +49 6503 917-0 - Fax: +49 6503 917-100
H48.PSKLMS001EN/22.11.2013
25
Page 20
Hauptsitz:
Industriestrae 13
57234 Wilnsdorf
DEUTSCHLAND
SIEGENIA weltweit: